(echo_area_display): Comment fix.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
494
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
496
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
499
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
502
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
505
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
507
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
510
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
514
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
516
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
518
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
520
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
522
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
526
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
528
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
534
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
536
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
538
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
541
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
543
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
545
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
549
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
554
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
557
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
559
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
561
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
563
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
568
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
570
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
572
573 enum prop_handled
574 {
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
579 };
580
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
583
584 struct props
585 {
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
588
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
591
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
595 };
596
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
605
606 static struct props it_props[] =
607 {
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
616 };
617
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
620
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
622
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
624
625 enum move_it_result
626 {
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
629
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
632
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
635
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
639
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
643
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
646 };
647
648
649 \f
650 /* Function prototypes. */
651
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
763
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
766
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
768
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
773
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
775
776 \f
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
780
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
784
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
788 {
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
791
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
795 }
796
797
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
809
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
811 {
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
813
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
815 {
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
820 }
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
827 }
828
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
830 }
831
832
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
835
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
839 {
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
842
843 xassert (height >= 0);
844
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
850
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
852 {
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
861 }
862
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
864 {
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
873 }
874
875 return height;
876 }
877
878
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
883
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
888 {
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
891
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
893 {
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
896
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
902 }
903
904 return x;
905 }
906
907
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
912
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
917 {
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
919 }
920
921
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
928
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
934 {
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
936
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 }
945
946
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
954
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
961 {
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
966 }
967
968
969 \f
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
973
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
978
979 int
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
983 {
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
988
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
990 {
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
993 }
994
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
997
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1000 {
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1005
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1010 }
1011
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1015
1016 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1017 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1018 {
1019 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1020 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1021 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1022
1023 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1024 if (line_height == 0)
1025 {
1026 if (last_height)
1027 line_height = last_height;
1028 else if (charpos < ZV)
1029 {
1030 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1031 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1032 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1033 : last_height);
1034 }
1035 else
1036 {
1037 /* Use the default character height. */
1038 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1039 it.c = ' ';
1040 it.len = 1;
1041 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1042 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1043 }
1044 }
1045 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1046
1047 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1048 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1049 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1050 {
1051 visible_p = 1;
1052 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1053 }
1054 }
1055 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1056 {
1057 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1058 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1059 {
1060 visible_p = 1;
1061 *fully = 0;
1062 }
1063 }
1064
1065 if (old_buffer)
1066 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1067
1068 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1069 return visible_p;
1070 }
1071
1072
1073 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1074 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1075 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1076 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1077 character. */
1078
1079 static INLINE int
1080 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1081 unsigned char *str;
1082 int maxlen, *len;
1083 {
1084 int c;
1085
1086 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1087 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1088 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1089 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1090 characters. */
1091 c = '?';
1092
1093 return c;
1094 }
1095
1096
1097
1098 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1099 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1100
1101 static struct text_pos
1102 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1103 struct text_pos pos;
1104 Lisp_Object string;
1105 int nchars;
1106 {
1107 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1108
1109 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1110 {
1111 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1113 int len;
1114
1115 while (nchars--)
1116 {
1117 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1118 p += len, rest -= len;
1119 xassert (rest >= 0);
1120 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1121 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1122 }
1123 }
1124 else
1125 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1126
1127 return pos;
1128 }
1129
1130
1131 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1132 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1133
1134 static INLINE struct text_pos
1135 string_pos (charpos, string)
1136 int charpos;
1137 Lisp_Object string;
1138 {
1139 struct text_pos pos;
1140 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1141 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1142 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1143 return pos;
1144 }
1145
1146
1147 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1148 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1149 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1150
1151 static struct text_pos
1152 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1153 int charpos;
1154 unsigned char *s;
1155 int multibyte_p;
1156 {
1157 struct text_pos pos;
1158
1159 xassert (s != NULL);
1160 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1161
1162 if (multibyte_p)
1163 {
1164 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1165
1166 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1167 while (charpos--)
1168 {
1169 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1170 s += len, rest -= len;
1171 xassert (rest >= 0);
1172 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1173 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 else
1177 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1178
1179 return pos;
1180 }
1181
1182
1183 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1184 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1185
1186 static int
1187 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1188 unsigned char *s;
1189 int multibyte_p;
1190 {
1191 int nchars;
1192
1193 if (multibyte_p)
1194 {
1195 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1196 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1197
1198 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1199 {
1200 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1201 rest -= len, p += len;
1202 }
1203 }
1204 else
1205 nchars = strlen (s);
1206
1207 return nchars;
1208 }
1209
1210
1211 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1212 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1213 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1214
1215 static void
1216 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1217 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1218 Lisp_Object string;
1219 {
1220 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1221 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1222
1223 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1224 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1225 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1226 else
1227 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1228 }
1229
1230
1231 \f
1232 /***********************************************************************
1233 Lisp form evaluation
1234 ***********************************************************************/
1235
1236 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1237
1238 static Lisp_Object
1239 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1240 Lisp_Object arg;
1241 {
1242 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1243 return Qnil;
1244 }
1245
1246
1247 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1248 wrong. */
1249
1250 Lisp_Object
1251 safe_eval (sexpr)
1252 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1253 {
1254 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1255 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1256 Lisp_Object val;
1257
1258 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1259 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1260 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1261 UNGCPRO;
1262 return unbind_to (count, val);
1263 }
1264
1265
1266 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1267 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1268
1269 Lisp_Object
1270 safe_call (nargs, args)
1271 int nargs;
1272 Lisp_Object *args;
1273 {
1274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1275 Lisp_Object val;
1276 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1277
1278 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1279 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1280 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1281 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1282 safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1285 }
1286
1287
1288 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1290
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1293 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1294 {
1295 Lisp_Object args[2];
1296 args[0] = fn;
1297 args[1] = arg;
1298 return safe_call (2, args);
1299 }
1300
1301
1302 \f
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Debugging
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1306
1307 #if 0
1308
1309 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1310 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 check_it (it)
1314 struct it *it;
1315 {
1316 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1317 {
1318 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1319 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1320 }
1321 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1322 {
1323 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1324 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1325 }
1326
1327 if (it->dpvec)
1328 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1329 else
1330 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1331 }
1332
1333 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1334
1335 #else /* not 0 */
1336
1337 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1338
1339 #endif /* not 0 */
1340
1341
1342 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1343
1344 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1345 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1346
1347 static void
1348 check_window_end (w)
1349 struct window *w;
1350 {
1351 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1352 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1353 {
1354 struct glyph_row *row;
1355 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1356 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1357 !row->enabled_p
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1359 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1360 }
1361 }
1362
1363 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1364
1365 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1366
1367 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1368
1369 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1370
1371
1372 \f
1373 /***********************************************************************
1374 Iterator initialization
1375 ***********************************************************************/
1376
1377 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1378 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1379 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1380 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1381 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1382
1383 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1384 will produce glyphs in that row.
1385
1386 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1387 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1388 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1389 displaying the tool-bar.
1390
1391 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1392 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1393 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1394
1395 void
1396 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1397 struct it *it;
1398 struct window *w;
1399 int charpos, bytepos;
1400 struct glyph_row *row;
1401 enum face_id base_face_id;
1402 {
1403 int highlight_region_p;
1404
1405 /* Some precondition checks. */
1406 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1407 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1408
1409 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1410 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1411 that might have changed. */
1412 if (face_change_count)
1413 {
1414 face_change_count = 0;
1415 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1419 appropriate. */
1420 if (row == NULL)
1421 {
1422 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1423 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1424 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1425 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Clear IT. */
1429 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1430 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1431 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1432 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1433
1434 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1435 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1436 it->w = w;
1437 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1438
1439 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1440 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1441 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1442 {
1443 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1444 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1445 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1446 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1447 }
1448
1449 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1450 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1451 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1452 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1453 if (
1454 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1455 noninteractive &&
1456 #endif
1457 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1458 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1459 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1460 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1461
1462 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1463 it->space_width = Qnil;
1464 it->font_height = Qnil;
1465
1466 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1467 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1468
1469 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1470 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1471 invisible. */
1472 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1473 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1474 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1475 ? -1 : 0));
1476 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1477 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1478
1479 /* Display table to use. */
1480 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1481
1482 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1483 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1484
1485 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1486 highlight_region_p
1487 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1488 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1489 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1490
1491 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1492 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1493 -1 to indicate no region. */
1494 if (highlight_region_p
1495 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1496 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1497 highlight_nonselected_windows
1498 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1499 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1500 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1501 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1502 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1503 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1504 {
1505 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1506 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1507 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1508 }
1509 else
1510 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1511
1512 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1513 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1514 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1515 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1516 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1517 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1518 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1519 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1520
1521 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1522 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1523 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1524 it->tab_width = 8;
1525
1526 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1527 it->truncate_lines_p
1528 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1529 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1530 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1531 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1532 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1533
1534 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1535 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1536 frames. */
1537 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1538 {
1539 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1540 {
1541 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1542 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1543 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1544 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1545 }
1546 else
1547 {
1548 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1549 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1550 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1551 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1555 above has changed them. */
1556 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1557 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1558 }
1559
1560 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1561 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1562 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1563 it->glyph_row = row;
1564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1565
1566 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1567 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1568 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1569 start of this total display area. */
1570 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1571 {
1572 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1573 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1574 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1575 }
1576 else
1577 {
1578 it->first_visible_x
1579 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1580 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1581 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1582
1583 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1584 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1585 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1586 for window-based redisplay. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1588 {
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1591 else
1592 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1593 }
1594
1595 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1596 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1600 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1601 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1602 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1603
1604 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1605
1606 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1607 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1608 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1609 {
1610 struct face *face;
1611
1612 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1613
1614 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1615 with a left box line. */
1616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1617 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1618 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1619 }
1620
1621 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1622 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1623 if (charpos > 0)
1624 {
1625 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1626 it->face_id = -1;
1627 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1628
1629 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1630 if (bytepos <= 0)
1631 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1632 else
1633 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1634
1635 /* Compute faces etc. */
1636 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1637 }
1638
1639 CHECK_IT (it);
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1644
1645 void
1646 start_display (it, w, pos)
1647 struct it *it;
1648 struct window *w;
1649 struct text_pos pos;
1650 {
1651 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1652 struct glyph_row *row;
1653 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1654 int first_y;
1655
1656 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1657 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1658 first_y = it->current_y;
1659
1660 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1661 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1662 account. */
1663 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1664 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1667
1668 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1669 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1670 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1671 {
1672 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1673
1674 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1675 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1676 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1677 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1678 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1679 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1680 {
1681 if (it->current_x > 0)
1682 {
1683 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1684 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1685 {
1686 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1687 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1688 }
1689
1690 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1691 }
1692
1693 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1694 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1695 fields in the iterator structure. */
1696 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1697 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1698 }
1699
1700 it->current_y = first_y;
1701 it->vpos = 0;
1702 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1703 }
1704
1705 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1706 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1707 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1708
1709 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1710 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1711 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1712 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1713 #endif /* 0 */
1714 }
1715
1716
1717 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1718 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1719 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1720
1721 static void
1722 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1723 struct it *it;
1724 struct window *w;
1725 struct display_pos *pos;
1726 {
1727 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1728 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1729 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1730 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1731 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1732 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1733 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1734 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1735 after-string. */
1736 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1737 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1738
1739 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1740 the right overlay string. */
1741 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1742 {
1743 int relative_index;
1744
1745 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1746 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1747 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1748 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1749 {
1750 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1752 while (n--)
1753 {
1754 load_overlay_strings (it);
1755 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1756 }
1757 }
1758
1759 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1760 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1761 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1762 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1763 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1764 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1765 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1766 }
1767 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1768 {
1769 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1770 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1771 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1772 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1773 while (it->sp)
1774 pop_it (it);
1775 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1776 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1777 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1778 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1779 }
1780
1781 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1782 {
1783 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1784 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1785 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1791 character translations. */
1792 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1793 {
1794 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1795 get_next_display_element (it);
1796 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1797 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1798 }
1799
1800 CHECK_IT (it);
1801 }
1802
1803
1804 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1805 starting at ROW->start. */
1806
1807 static void
1808 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct glyph_row *row;
1812 {
1813 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1814 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1815 CHECK_IT (it);
1816 }
1817
1818
1819 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1820 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1821
1822 static void
1823 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1824 struct it *it;
1825 struct window *w;
1826 struct glyph_row *row;
1827 {
1828 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1829
1830 if (row->continued_p)
1831 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1832 + row->pixel_width);
1833 CHECK_IT (it);
1834 }
1835
1836
1837
1838 \f
1839 /***********************************************************************
1840 Text properties
1841 ***********************************************************************/
1842
1843 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1844 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1845 to stop. */
1846
1847 static void
1848 handle_stop (it)
1849 struct it *it;
1850 {
1851 enum prop_handled handled;
1852 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1853 struct props *p;
1854
1855 it->dpvec = NULL;
1856 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1857
1858 do
1859 {
1860 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1861
1862 /* Call text property handlers. */
1863 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1864 {
1865 handled = p->handler (it);
1866
1867 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1868 break;
1869 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1870 return;
1871 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1872 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1873 }
1874
1875 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1876 {
1877 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1878 characters from a display vector. */
1879 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1880 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1881
1882 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1883 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1884 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1885
1886 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1887 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1888 compute_stop_pos (it);
1889 }
1890 }
1891 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1892 }
1893
1894
1895 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1896 information for IT's current position. */
1897
1898 static void
1899 compute_stop_pos (it)
1900 struct it *it;
1901 {
1902 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1903 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1904
1905 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1906 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1907
1908 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1909 {
1910 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1911 properties. */
1912 object = it->string;
1913 limit = Qnil;
1914 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1915 }
1916 else
1917 {
1918 int charpos;
1919
1920 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1921 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1922 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1923 follows. */
1924 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1925 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1926 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1927
1928 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1929 start or end because the face might change there. */
1930 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1931 {
1932 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1933 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1934 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1935 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1936 }
1937
1938 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1939 property changes. */
1940 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1941 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1942 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1943
1944 }
1945
1946 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1947 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1948 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1949 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1950 {
1951 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1952 struct props *p;
1953
1954 /* Get properties here. */
1955 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1956 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1957
1958 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1959 properties. */
1960 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1961 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1962 && (NILP (limit)
1963 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1964 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1965 {
1966 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1967 {
1968 Lisp_Object new_value;
1969
1970 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1971 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1972 break;
1973 }
1974
1975 if (p->handler)
1976 break;
1977 }
1978
1979 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1980 {
1981 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1982 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1983 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1984 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1985 else
1986 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1987 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1988 }
1989 }
1990
1991 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1992 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1993 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1994 }
1995
1996
1997 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1998 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1999 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2000 xmalloc. */
2001
2002 static int
2003 next_overlay_change (pos)
2004 int pos;
2005 {
2006 int noverlays;
2007 int endpos;
2008 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2009 int len;
2010 int i;
2011
2012 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2013 len = 10;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 if (noverlays > len)
2017 {
2018 len = noverlays;
2019 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2020 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2021 }
2022
2023 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2024 use its ending point instead. */
2025 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2026 {
2027 Lisp_Object oend;
2028 int oendpos;
2029
2030 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2031 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2032 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2033 }
2034
2035 return endpos;
2036 }
2037
2038
2039 \f
2040 /***********************************************************************
2041 Fontification
2042 ***********************************************************************/
2043
2044 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2045 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2046 regions of text. */
2047
2048 static enum prop_handled
2049 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2050 struct it *it;
2051 {
2052 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2053 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2054
2055 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2056 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2057 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2058 Qfontification_functions. */
2059 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2060 && it->s == NULL
2061 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2062 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2063 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2064 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2065 NILP (prop)))
2066 {
2067 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2068 Lisp_Object val;
2069
2070 val = Vfontification_functions;
2071 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2072 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2073
2074 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2075 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2076 else
2077 {
2078 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2079 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2080
2081 globals = Qnil;
2082 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2083
2084 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2085 {
2086 fn = XCAR (val);
2087
2088 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2089 {
2090 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2091 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2092 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2093 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2094 loop. */
2095 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2096 CONSP (globals);
2097 globals = XCDR (globals))
2098 {
2099 fn = XCAR (globals);
2100 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2101 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2102 }
2103 }
2104 else
2105 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2106 }
2107
2108 UNGCPRO;
2109 }
2110
2111 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2112
2113 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2114 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2115 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2116 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2117 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2118 }
2119
2120 return handled;
2121 }
2122
2123
2124 \f
2125 /***********************************************************************
2126 Faces
2127 ***********************************************************************/
2128
2129 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2130 Called from handle_stop. */
2131
2132 static enum prop_handled
2133 handle_face_prop (it)
2134 struct it *it;
2135 {
2136 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2137
2138 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2139 {
2140 new_face_id
2141 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2142 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2143 it->region_beg_charpos,
2144 it->region_end_charpos,
2145 &next_stop,
2146 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2147 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2148 0);
2149
2150 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2151 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2152 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2153 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2154 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2155 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2156 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2157 {
2158 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2159
2160 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2161 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2162 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2163 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2164 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2165 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2166 it->start_of_box_run_p
2167 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2168 && (it->face_id >= 0
2169 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2170 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2171 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2172 }
2173 }
2174 else
2175 {
2176 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2177
2178 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2179 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2180 else
2181 bufpos = 0;
2182
2183 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2184 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2185 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2186 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2187 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2188 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2189
2190 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2191 it->string,
2192 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2193 bufpos,
2194 it->region_beg_charpos,
2195 it->region_end_charpos,
2196 &next_stop,
2197 base_face_id);
2198
2199 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2200 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2201 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2202 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2203 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2204 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2205 #endif
2206
2207 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2208 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2209 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2210 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2211 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2212 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2213 is really the end. */
2214 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2215 {
2216 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2217 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2218
2219 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2220 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2221 shadow on the left side. */
2222 it->start_of_box_run_p
2223 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2224 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2225 }
2226 }
2227
2228 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2229 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2230 }
2231
2232
2233 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2234 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2235 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2236 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2237
2238 static int
2239 underlying_face_id (it)
2240 struct it *it;
2241 {
2242 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2243
2244 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2245
2246 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2247 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2248 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2249
2250 return face_id;
2251 }
2252
2253
2254 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2255 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2256 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2257
2258 static int
2259 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2260 struct it *it;
2261 int before_p;
2262 {
2263 int face_id, limit;
2264 int next_check_charpos;
2265 struct text_pos pos;
2266
2267 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2268
2269 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2270 {
2271 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2272
2273 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2274 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2275 string start. */
2276 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2277 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2278 return it->face_id;
2279
2280 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2281 if (before_p)
2282 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2283 else
2284 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2285 composition. */
2286 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2287 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2288 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2289
2290 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2291 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2292 else
2293 bufpos = 0;
2294
2295 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2296
2297 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2298 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2299 it->string,
2300 CHARPOS (pos),
2301 bufpos,
2302 it->region_beg_charpos,
2303 it->region_end_charpos,
2304 &next_check_charpos,
2305 base_face_id);
2306
2307 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2308 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2309 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2310 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2311 {
2312 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2313 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2314 int c, len;
2315 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2316
2317 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2318 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2319 }
2320 }
2321 else
2322 {
2323 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2324 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2325 return it->face_id;
2326
2327 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2328 pos = it->current.pos;
2329
2330 if (before_p)
2331 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2332 else
2333 {
2334 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2335 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2336 composition. */
2337 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2338 else
2339 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2340 }
2341
2342 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2343 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2344 CHARPOS (pos),
2345 it->region_beg_charpos,
2346 it->region_end_charpos,
2347 &next_check_charpos,
2348 limit, 0);
2349
2350 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2351 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2352 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2353 if (it->multibyte_p)
2354 {
2355 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2356 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2357 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2358 }
2359 }
2360
2361 return face_id;
2362 }
2363
2364
2365 \f
2366 /***********************************************************************
2367 Invisible text
2368 ***********************************************************************/
2369
2370 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2371 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2372
2373 static enum prop_handled
2374 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2375 struct it *it;
2376 {
2377 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2378
2379 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2380 {
2381 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2382 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2383
2384 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2385 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2386 property. */
2387 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2388 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2389
2390 if (!NILP (prop)
2391 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2392 {
2393 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2394
2395 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2396 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2397 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2398 all the rest of IT->string. */
2399 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2400 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2401 it->string, limit);
2402
2403 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2404 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2405 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2406 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2407 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2408 {
2409 struct text_pos old;
2410 old = it->current.string_pos;
2411 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2412 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2413 }
2414 else
2415 {
2416 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2417 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2418 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2419 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2420 {
2421 next_overlay_string (it);
2422 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2423 finished processing them. */
2424 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2425 }
2426 else
2427 {
2428 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2429 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2430 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2431 }
2432 }
2433 }
2434 }
2435 else
2436 {
2437 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2438 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2439
2440 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2441 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2442 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2443
2444 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2445 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2446 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2447 {
2448 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2449 invisible text. */
2450 int display_ellipsis_p
2451 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2452
2453 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2454
2455 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2456 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2457 do
2458 {
2459 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2460 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2461 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2462 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2463 invisible property. */
2464 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2465 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2466
2467 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2468 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2469 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2470 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2471 visible_p = 1;
2472 else
2473 {
2474 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2475 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2476 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2477 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2478 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2479 newpos is visible. */
2480 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2481 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2482 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2483 }
2484
2485 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2486 skip starting with next_stop. */
2487 if (!visible_p)
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2489 }
2490 while (!visible_p);
2491
2492 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2493 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2494 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2495
2496 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2497 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2498 {
2499 if (it->dp
2500 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2501 {
2502 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2503 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2504 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2505 }
2506 else
2507 {
2508 /* Default `...'. */
2509 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2510 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2511 }
2512
2513 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2514 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2515 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2516 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2517
2518 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2519 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2520 }
2521 }
2522 }
2523
2524 return handled;
2525 }
2526
2527
2528 \f
2529 /***********************************************************************
2530 'display' property
2531 ***********************************************************************/
2532
2533 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2534 Called from handle_stop. */
2535
2536 static enum prop_handled
2537 handle_display_prop (it)
2538 struct it *it;
2539 {
2540 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2541 struct text_pos *position;
2542 int space_or_image_found_p;
2543
2544 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2545 {
2546 object = it->string;
2547 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2548 }
2549 else
2550 {
2551 object = Qnil;
2552 position = &it->current.pos;
2553 }
2554
2555 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2556 it->font_height = Qnil;
2557 it->space_width = Qnil;
2558 it->voffset = 0;
2559
2560 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2561 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2562 `display' property etc. */
2563 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2565
2566 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2567 Qdisplay, object);
2568 if (NILP (prop))
2569 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2570
2571 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2572 if (CONSP (prop)
2573 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2574 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2575 {
2576 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2577 while (CONSP (prop))
2578 {
2579 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2580 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2581 prop = XCDR (prop);
2582 }
2583 }
2584 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2585 {
2586 int i;
2587 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2589 object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2595 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2596 }
2597
2598 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2599 }
2600
2601
2602 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2603 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2604
2605 static struct text_pos
2606 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2607 struct it *it;
2608 Lisp_Object object;
2609 struct text_pos start_pos;
2610 {
2611 Lisp_Object end;
2612 struct text_pos end_pos;
2613
2614 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2615 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2616 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2617 if (STRINGP (object))
2618 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2619 else
2620 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2621
2622 return end_pos;
2623 }
2624
2625
2626 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2627 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2628 is the position at which it was found.
2629
2630 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2631 end position of the `display' property.
2632
2633 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2634
2635 static int
2636 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2637 struct it *it;
2638 Lisp_Object prop;
2639 Lisp_Object object;
2640 struct text_pos *position;
2641 {
2642 Lisp_Object value;
2643 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2644 Lisp_Object form;
2645
2646 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2647 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2648 form = Qt;
2649 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2650 {
2651 prop = XCDR (prop);
2652 if (!CONSP (prop))
2653 return 0;
2654 form = XCAR (prop);
2655 prop = XCDR (prop);
2656 }
2657
2658 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2659 {
2660 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2661 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2662
2663 GCPRO1 (form);
2664 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2665
2666 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2667 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2668 if (BUFFERP (object))
2669 {
2670 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2671 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2673 }
2674
2675 form = safe_eval (form);
2676
2677 if (BUFFERP (object))
2678 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2679 UNGCPRO;
2680 }
2681
2682 if (NILP (form))
2683 return 0;
2684
2685 if (CONSP (prop)
2686 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2687 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2688 {
2689 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2690 return 0;
2691
2692 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2693 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2694 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2695 {
2696 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2697 int new_height = -1;
2698
2699 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2700 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2701 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2702 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2703 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2704 {
2705 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2706 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2707 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2708 steps = - steps;
2709 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2710 }
2711 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2712 {
2713 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2714 Value is the new height. */
2715 Lisp_Object height;
2716 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2717 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2718 if (NUMBERP (height))
2719 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2720 }
2721 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2722 {
2723 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2724 struct face *face;
2725
2726 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2727 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2728 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2729 }
2730 else
2731 {
2732 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2733 current specified height to get the new height. */
2734 Lisp_Object value;
2735 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2736
2737 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2738 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2739 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2740
2741 if (NUMBERP (value))
2742 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2743 }
2744
2745 if (new_height > 0)
2746 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2747 }
2748 }
2749 else if (CONSP (prop)
2750 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2751 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2752 {
2753 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2754 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2755 return 0;
2756
2757 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2758 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2759 it->space_width = value;
2760 }
2761 else if (CONSP (prop)
2762 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2763 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2764 {
2765 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2766 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2767 return 0;
2768
2769 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2770 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2771 if (NUMBERP (value))
2772 {
2773 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2774 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2775 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2776 }
2777 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2778 }
2779 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2780 {
2781 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2782 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2783 Lisp_Object location, value;
2784 struct text_pos start_pos;
2785 int valid_p;
2786
2787 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2788 we have to find the end of the property. */
2789 start_pos = *position;
2790 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2791 value = Qnil;
2792
2793 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2794 text properties change there. */
2795 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2796
2797 location = Qunbound;
2798 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2799 {
2800 Lisp_Object tem;
2801
2802 value = XCDR (prop);
2803 if (CONSP (value))
2804 value = XCAR (value);
2805
2806 tem = XCAR (prop);
2807 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2808 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2809 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2810 (NILP (tem)
2811 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2812 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2813 location = tem;
2814 }
2815
2816 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2817 {
2818 location = Qnil;
2819 value = prop;
2820 }
2821
2822 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2823 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2824 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2825 else
2826 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2827 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2828 || valid_image_p (value));
2829 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2830 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2831 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2832
2833 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2834 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2835 || NILP (location))
2836 && valid_p)
2837 {
2838 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2839
2840 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2841 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2842 push_it (it);
2843
2844 if (NILP (location))
2845 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2846 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2847 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2848 else
2849 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2850
2851 if (STRINGP (value))
2852 {
2853 it->string = value;
2854 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2855 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2856 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2857 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2858 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2859 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2860 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2861 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2862 }
2863 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2864 {
2865 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2866 it->object = value;
2867 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2868 }
2869 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2870 else
2871 {
2872 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2873 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2874 it->position = start_pos;
2875 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2876 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2877
2878 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2879 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2880 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2881 *position = start_pos;
2882 }
2883 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2884 }
2885 else
2886 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2887 the position to what it was before. */
2888 *position = start_pos;
2889 }
2890
2891 return space_or_image_found_p;
2892 }
2893
2894
2895 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2896 treated as intangible. */
2897
2898 static int
2899 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2900 Lisp_Object prop;
2901 {
2902 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2903 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2904 {
2905 prop = XCDR (prop);
2906 if (!CONSP (prop))
2907 return 0;
2908 prop = XCDR (prop);
2909 }
2910
2911 if (!CONSP (prop))
2912 return 0;
2913
2914 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2915 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2916 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2917 {
2918 prop = XCDR (prop);
2919 if (!CONSP (prop))
2920 return 0;
2921
2922 prop = XCDR (prop);
2923 if (!CONSP (prop)
2924 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2925 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2926 return 0;
2927 }
2928
2929 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2930 }
2931
2932
2933 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2934 treated as intangible. */
2935
2936 int
2937 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2938 Lisp_Object prop;
2939 {
2940 if (CONSP (prop)
2941 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2942 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2943 {
2944 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2945 while (CONSP (prop))
2946 {
2947 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2948 return 1;
2949 prop = XCDR (prop);
2950 }
2951 }
2952 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2953 {
2954 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2955 int i;
2956 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2957 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2958 return 1;
2959 }
2960 else
2961 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2962
2963 return 0;
2964 }
2965
2966 \f
2967 /***********************************************************************
2968 `composition' property
2969 ***********************************************************************/
2970
2971 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2972 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2973
2974 static enum prop_handled
2975 handle_composition_prop (it)
2976 struct it *it;
2977 {
2978 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2979 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2980 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2981
2982 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2983 {
2984 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2985 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2986 string = it->string;
2987 }
2988 else
2989 {
2990 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2991 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2992 string = Qnil;
2993 }
2994
2995 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2996 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2997 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2998 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2999 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3000 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3001 {
3002 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3003
3004 if (id >= 0)
3005 {
3006 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3007 it->cmp_id = id;
3008 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3009 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3010 components. */
3011 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3012 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3013 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3014 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3015 it->stop_charpos = end;
3016 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3017 }
3018 }
3019
3020 return handled;
3021 }
3022
3023
3024 \f
3025 /***********************************************************************
3026 Overlay strings
3027 ***********************************************************************/
3028
3029 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3030 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3031
3032 struct overlay_entry
3033 {
3034 Lisp_Object overlay;
3035 Lisp_Object string;
3036 int priority;
3037 int after_string_p;
3038 };
3039
3040
3041 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3042 Called from handle_stop. */
3043
3044 static enum prop_handled
3045 handle_overlay_change (it)
3046 struct it *it;
3047 {
3048 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3049 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3050 else
3051 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3052 }
3053
3054
3055 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3056 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3057 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3058 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3059 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3060 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3061
3062 static void
3063 next_overlay_string (it)
3064 struct it *it;
3065 {
3066 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3067 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3068 {
3069 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3070 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3071 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3072 pop_it (it);
3073 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3074 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3075 it->string = Qnil;
3076 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3077 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3078 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3079 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3080
3081 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3082 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3083 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3084 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3085 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3086 }
3087 else
3088 {
3089 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3090 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3091 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3092 it. */
3093 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3094
3095 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3096 load_overlay_strings (it);
3097
3098 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3099 string. */
3100 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3101 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3102 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3103 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3104 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3105 }
3106
3107 CHECK_IT (it);
3108 }
3109
3110
3111 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3112 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3113 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3114
3115 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3116 when they come from the same overlay.
3117
3118 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3119 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3120
3121 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3122 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3123
3124 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3125
3126
3127 static int
3128 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3129 void *e1, *e2;
3130 {
3131 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3132 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3133 int result;
3134
3135 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3136 {
3137 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3138 they come from different overlays. */
3139 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3140 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3141 else
3142 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3143 }
3144 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3145 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3146 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3147 else
3148 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3149 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3150
3151 return result;
3152 }
3153
3154
3155 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3156 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3157 overlay strings found.
3158
3159 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3160 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3161 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3162 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3163 function.
3164
3165 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3166 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3167 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3168 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3169 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3170 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3171 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3172 in this case.
3173
3174 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3175 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3176 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3177 compare_overlay_entries. */
3178
3179 static void
3180 load_overlay_strings (it)
3181 struct it *it;
3182 {
3183 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3184 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3185 int start, end;
3186 int size = 20;
3187 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3188 struct overlay_entry *entries
3189 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3190 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3191
3192 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3193 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3194 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3195 OVERLAY. */
3196 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3197 do \
3198 { \
3199 Lisp_Object priority; \
3200 \
3201 if (n == size) \
3202 { \
3203 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3204 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3205 entries = \
3206 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3207 * sizeof *entries); \
3208 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3209 size = new_size; \
3210 } \
3211 \
3212 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3213 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3214 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3215 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3216 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3217 ++n; \
3218 } \
3219 while (0)
3220
3221 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3222 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3223 {
3224 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3225 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3226 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3227 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3228
3229 if (end < charpos)
3230 break;
3231
3232 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3233 position. */
3234 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3235 continue;
3236
3237 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3238 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3239 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3240 continue;
3241
3242 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3243 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3244 end position are indistinguishable. */
3245 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3246 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3247
3248 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3249 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3250 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3251 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3252 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3253
3254 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3255 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3256 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3257 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3258 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3259 }
3260
3261 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3262 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3263 {
3264 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3265 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3266 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3267 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3268
3269 if (start > charpos)
3270 break;
3271
3272 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3273 position. */
3274 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3275 continue;
3276
3277 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3278 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3279 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3280 continue;
3281
3282 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3283 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3284 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3285 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3286
3287 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3288 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3289 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3290 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3291 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3292
3293 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3294 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3295 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3296 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3297 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3298 }
3299
3300 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3301
3302 /* Sort entries. */
3303 if (n > 1)
3304 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3305
3306 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3307 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3308
3309 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3310 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3311 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3312 i = 0;
3313 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3314 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3315 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3316
3317 CHECK_IT (it);
3318 }
3319
3320
3321 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3322 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3323 found. */
3324
3325 static int
3326 get_overlay_strings (it)
3327 struct it *it;
3328 {
3329 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3330 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3331 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3332 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3333 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3334 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3335 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3336 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3337 load_overlay_strings (it);
3338
3339 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3340 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3341 from current_buffer. */
3342 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3343 {
3344 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3345 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3346 strings. */
3347 compute_stop_pos (it);
3348 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3349
3350 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3351 strings have been processed. */
3352 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3353 push_it (it);
3354
3355 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3356 string. */
3357 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3358 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3359 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3360 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3361 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3362 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3363 }
3364 else
3365 {
3366 it->string = Qnil;
3367 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3368 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3369 }
3370
3371 CHECK_IT (it);
3372
3373 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3374 return STRINGP (it->string);
3375 }
3376
3377
3378 \f
3379 /***********************************************************************
3380 Saving and restoring state
3381 ***********************************************************************/
3382
3383 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3384 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3385 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3386 processed. */
3387
3388 static void
3389 push_it (it)
3390 struct it *it;
3391 {
3392 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3393
3394 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3395 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3396
3397 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3398 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3399 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3400 p->string = it->string;
3401 p->pos = it->current;
3402 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3403 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3404 p->area = it->area;
3405 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3406 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3407 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3408 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3409 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3410 ++it->sp;
3411 }
3412
3413
3414 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3415 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3416 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3417 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3418 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3419
3420 static void
3421 pop_it (it)
3422 struct it *it;
3423 {
3424 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3425
3426 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3427 --it->sp;
3428 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3429 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3430 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3431 it->string = p->string;
3432 it->current = p->pos;
3433 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3434 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3435 it->area = p->area;
3436 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3437 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3438 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3439 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3440 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3441 }
3442
3443
3444 \f
3445 /***********************************************************************
3446 Moving over lines
3447 ***********************************************************************/
3448
3449 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3450
3451 static void
3452 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3453 struct it *it;
3454 {
3455 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3456 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3457 }
3458
3459
3460 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3461
3462 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3463 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3464 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3465 of *SKIPPED_P.
3466
3467 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3468 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3469 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3470
3471 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3472 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3473 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3474 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3475 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3476 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3477
3478 static int
3479 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3480 struct it *it;
3481 int *skipped_p;
3482 {
3483 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3484 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3485
3486 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3487 skipping over invisible text below. */
3488 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3489 {
3490 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3491 it->c = 0;
3492 return 1;
3493 }
3494
3495 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3496 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3497 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3498 calls this function. */
3499 old_selective = it->selective;
3500 it->selective = 0;
3501
3502 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3503 from buffer text. */
3504 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3505 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3506 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3507 {
3508 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3509 break;
3510 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3511 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3512 }
3513
3514 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3515 short-cut. */
3516 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3517 {
3518 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3519 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3520 Lisp_Object pos;
3521
3522 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3523
3524 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3525 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3526 buffer text. */
3527 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3528 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3529 Qdisplay,
3530 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3531 NILP (pos))
3532 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3533 {
3534 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3535 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3536 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3537 }
3538 else
3539 {
3540 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3541 && !newline_found_p)
3542 {
3543 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3544 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3545 }
3546 }
3547 }
3548
3549 it->selective = old_selective;
3550 xassert (!newline_found_p || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3551 return newline_found_p;
3552 }
3553
3554
3555 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3556 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3557 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3558 IT->hpos. */
3559
3560 static void
3561 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3562 struct it *it;
3563 {
3564 int visible_p = 0;
3565
3566 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3567 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3568 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3569
3570 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3571 or text properties. */
3572 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3573 && !visible_p)
3574 {
3575 visible_p = 1;
3576
3577 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3578 are invisible. */
3579 if (it->selective > 0
3580 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3581 it->selective))
3582 visible_p = 0;
3583 else
3584 {
3585 Lisp_Object prop;
3586
3587 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3588 Qinvisible, it->window);
3589 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3590 visible_p = 0;
3591 }
3592
3593 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3594 if (!visible_p)
3595 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3596 }
3597
3598 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3599 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3600 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3601 CHECK_IT (it);
3602 }
3603
3604
3605 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3606 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3607 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3608 face information etc. */
3609
3610 static void
3611 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3612 struct it *it;
3613 {
3614 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3615 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3616 CHECK_IT (it);
3617 }
3618
3619
3620 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3621 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3622 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3623 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3624 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3625 is invisible because of text properties. */
3626
3627 static void
3628 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3629 struct it *it;
3630 int on_newline_p;
3631 {
3632 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3633
3634 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3635
3636 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3637 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3638 if (it->selective > 0)
3639 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3640 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3641 it->selective))
3642 {
3643 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3644 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3645 }
3646
3647 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3648 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3649 {
3650 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3651 {
3652 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3653 {
3654 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3655 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3656 }
3657 }
3658 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3659 {
3660 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3661 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3662 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3663 }
3664 }
3665 else if (skipped_p)
3666 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3667
3668 CHECK_IT (it);
3669 }
3670
3671
3672 \f
3673 /***********************************************************************
3674 Changing an iterator's position
3675 ***********************************************************************/
3676
3677 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3678 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3679 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3680 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3681
3682 static void
3683 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3684 struct it *it;
3685 struct text_pos pos;
3686 int force_p;
3687 {
3688 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3689
3690 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3691
3692 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3693 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3694 if (force_p
3695 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3696 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3697 handle_stop (it);
3698
3699 CHECK_IT (it);
3700 }
3701
3702
3703 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3704 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3705
3706 static void
3707 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3708 struct it *it;
3709 struct text_pos pos;
3710 int set_stop_p;
3711 {
3712 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3713 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3714
3715 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3716 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3717
3718 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3719 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3720 it->dpvec = NULL;
3721 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3722 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3723 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3724 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3725 it->string = Qnil;
3726 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3727 it->sp = 0;
3728 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3729
3730 if (set_stop_p)
3731 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3732 }
3733
3734
3735 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3736 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3737 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3738
3739 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3740 characters from the string.
3741
3742 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3743 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3744 field width.
3745
3746 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3747 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3748 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3749
3750 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3751 calling this function. */
3752
3753 static void
3754 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3755 struct it *it;
3756 unsigned char *s;
3757 Lisp_Object string;
3758 int charpos;
3759 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3760 {
3761 /* No region in strings. */
3762 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3763
3764 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3765 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3766
3767 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3768 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3769 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3770 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3771 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3772
3773 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3774 if (multibyte >= 0)
3775 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3776
3777 if (s == NULL)
3778 {
3779 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3780 it->string = string;
3781 it->s = NULL;
3782 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3783 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3784 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3785 }
3786 else
3787 {
3788 it->s = s;
3789 it->string = Qnil;
3790
3791 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3792 for displaying C strings. */
3793 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3794 if (it->multibyte_p)
3795 {
3796 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3797 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3798 }
3799 else
3800 {
3801 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3802 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3803 }
3804
3805 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3806 }
3807
3808 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3809 from the string. */
3810 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3811 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3812
3813 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3814 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3815 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3816 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3817 if (field_width < 0)
3818 field_width = INFINITY;
3819 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3820 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3821
3822 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3823 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3824 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3825
3826 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3827 CHECK_IT (it);
3828 }
3829
3830
3831 \f
3832 /***********************************************************************
3833 Iteration
3834 ***********************************************************************/
3835
3836 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3837 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3838 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3839
3840 int
3841 get_next_display_element (it)
3842 struct it *it;
3843 {
3844 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3845 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3846 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3847 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3848 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3849
3850 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3851 {
3852 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3853 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3854 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3855 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3856 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3857 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3858 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3859 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3860 it? */
3861 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3862 {
3863 Lisp_Object dv;
3864
3865 if (it->dp
3866 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3867 VECTORP (dv)))
3868 {
3869 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3870
3871 /* Return the first character from the display table
3872 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3873 current character. */
3874 if (v->size)
3875 {
3876 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3877 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3878 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3879 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3880 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3881 }
3882
3883 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3887 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3888 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3889 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3890 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3891
3892 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3893 octal form. */
3894 else if ((it->c < ' '
3895 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3896 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3897 || (it->c >= 127
3898 && it->len == 1)
3899 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3900 {
3901 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3902 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3903 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3904 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3905 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3906 GLYPH g;
3907
3908 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3909 {
3910 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3911 if (it->dp
3912 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3913 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3914 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3915 else
3916 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3917 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3918
3919 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3920 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3921
3922 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3923 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3924 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3925 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3926 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3927 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3928 get_next_display_element (it);
3929 }
3930 else
3931 {
3932 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3933 int len;
3934 int i;
3935 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3936
3937 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3938 if (it->dp
3939 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3940 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3941 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3942 else
3943 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3944
3945 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3946 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3947 else
3948 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3949
3950 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3951 {
3952 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3953 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3954 the octal display of the character. */
3955 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3956 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3957 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3958 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3959 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3960 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3961 }
3962
3963 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3964 from it. */
3965 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3966 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3967 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3968 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3969 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3970 get_next_display_element (it);
3971 }
3972 }
3973 }
3974
3975 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3976 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3977 if (it->multibyte_p
3978 && success_p
3979 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3980 {
3981 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3982 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3983 }
3984 }
3985
3986 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3987 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3988 if (it->face_box_p
3989 && it->s == NULL)
3990 {
3991 int face_id;
3992 struct face *face;
3993
3994 it->end_of_box_run_p
3995 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3996 face_id != it->face_id)
3997 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3998 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3999 }
4000
4001 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4002 return success_p;
4003 }
4004
4005
4006 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4007
4008 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4009 skip to the next visible line start.
4010
4011 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4012 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4013 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4014 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4015 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4016 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4017 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4018 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4019 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4020
4021 void
4022 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4023 struct it *it;
4024 int reseat_p;
4025 {
4026 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4027 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4028 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4029 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4030
4031 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4032 {
4033 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4034 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4035 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4036 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4037 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4038 else
4039 {
4040 xassert (it->len != 0);
4041 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4042 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4043 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4044 }
4045 }
4046 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4047 {
4048 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4049 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4050 {
4051 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4052 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4053 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4054 goto consider_string_end;
4055 }
4056 else
4057 {
4058 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4059 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4060 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4061 }
4062 }
4063 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4064 {
4065 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4066 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4067 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4068 }
4069 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4070 {
4071 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4072 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4073 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4074 strings. */
4075 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4076
4077 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4078 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4079 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4080
4081 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4082 {
4083 if (it->s)
4084 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4085 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4086 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4087 else
4088 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4089
4090 it->dpvec = NULL;
4091 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4092
4093 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4094 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4095 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4096 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4097 {
4098 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4099 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4100 }
4101 }
4102 }
4103 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4104 {
4105 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4106 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4107 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4108 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4109
4110 consider_string_end:
4111
4112 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4113 {
4114 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4115 next, if there is one. */
4116 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4117 next_overlay_string (it);
4118 }
4119 else
4120 {
4121 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4122 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4123 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4124 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4125 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4126 && it->sp > 0)
4127 {
4128 pop_it (it);
4129 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4130 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4131 }
4132 }
4133 }
4134 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4135 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4136 {
4137 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4138 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4139 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4140 pop_it (it);
4141 it->image_id = 0;
4142 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4143 {
4144 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4145 goto consider_string_end;
4146 }
4147 else
4148 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4149 }
4150 else
4151 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4152 abort ();
4153
4154 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4155 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4156 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4157 }
4158
4159
4160 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4161 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4162 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4163 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4164
4165 static int
4166 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4167 struct it *it;
4168 {
4169 /* Precondition. */
4170 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4171
4172 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4173 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4174 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4175
4176 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4177 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4178 {
4179 int lface_id;
4180 GLYPH g;
4181
4182 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4183 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4184 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4185
4186 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4187 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4188 zero means no face is specified. */
4189 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4190 if (lface_id)
4191 {
4192 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4193 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4194 if (face_id >= 0)
4195 it->face_id = face_id;
4196 }
4197 }
4198 else
4199 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4200 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4201
4202 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4203 still the values of the character that had this display table
4204 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4205 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4206 return 1;
4207 }
4208
4209
4210 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4211 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4212 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4213 overlay string. */
4214
4215 static int
4216 next_element_from_string (it)
4217 struct it *it;
4218 {
4219 struct text_pos position;
4220
4221 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4222 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4223 position = it->current.string_pos;
4224
4225 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4226 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4227 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4228 {
4229 handle_stop (it);
4230
4231 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4232 recurse here. */
4233 return get_next_display_element (it);
4234 }
4235
4236 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4237 {
4238 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4239 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4240 do. */
4241 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4242 {
4243 it->what = IT_EOB;
4244 return 0;
4245 }
4246 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4247 {
4248 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4249 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4250 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4251 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4252 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4253 }
4254 else
4255 {
4256 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4257 it->len = 1;
4258 }
4259 }
4260 else
4261 {
4262 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4263 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4264 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4265 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4266 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4267 {
4268 it->what = IT_EOB;
4269 return 0;
4270 }
4271 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4272 {
4273 /* Pad with spaces. */
4274 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4275 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4276 }
4277 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4278 {
4279 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4280 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4281 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4282 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4283 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4284 }
4285 else
4286 {
4287 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4288 it->len = 1;
4289 }
4290 }
4291
4292 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4293 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4294 string position. */
4295 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4296 it->object = it->string;
4297 it->position = position;
4298 return 1;
4299 }
4300
4301
4302 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4303 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4304 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4305 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4306 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4307 reached, including padding spaces. */
4308
4309 static int
4310 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4311 struct it *it;
4312 {
4313 int success_p = 1;
4314
4315 xassert (it->s);
4316 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4317 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4318 it->object = Qnil;
4319
4320 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4321 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4322 initialized. */
4323 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4324 {
4325 /* End of the game. */
4326 it->what = IT_EOB;
4327 success_p = 0;
4328 }
4329 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4330 {
4331 /* Pad with spaces. */
4332 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4333 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4334 }
4335 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4336 {
4337 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4338 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4339 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4340 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4341 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4342 maxlen, &it->len);
4343 }
4344 else
4345 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4346
4347 return success_p;
4348 }
4349
4350
4351 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4352 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4353 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4354 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4355
4356 static int
4357 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4358 struct it *it;
4359 {
4360 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4361 {
4362 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4363 {
4364 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4365 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4366 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4367 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4368 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4369 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4370 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4371 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4372 }
4373 else
4374 {
4375 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4376 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4377 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4378 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4379 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4380 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4381 }
4382 }
4383 else
4384 {
4385 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4386 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4387 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4388 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4389 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4390 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4391 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4392 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4393 }
4394
4395 return get_next_display_element (it);
4396 }
4397
4398
4399 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4400 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4401 is always 1. */
4402
4403
4404 static int
4405 next_element_from_image (it)
4406 struct it *it;
4407 {
4408 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4409 return 1;
4410 }
4411
4412
4413 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4414 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4415 always 1. */
4416
4417 static int
4418 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4419 struct it *it;
4420 {
4421 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4422 return 1;
4423 }
4424
4425
4426 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4427 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4428 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4429 end. */
4430
4431 static int
4432 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4433 struct it *it;
4434 {
4435 int success_p = 1;
4436
4437 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4438 if-statement, below. */
4439 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4440 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4441
4442 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4443 {
4444 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4445 {
4446 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4447
4448 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4449 haven't been returned yet. */
4450 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4451 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4452 else
4453 {
4454 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4455 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4456 }
4457
4458 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4459 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4460 else
4461 {
4462 it->what = IT_EOB;
4463 it->position = it->current.pos;
4464 success_p = 0;
4465 }
4466 }
4467 else
4468 {
4469 handle_stop (it);
4470 return get_next_display_element (it);
4471 }
4472 }
4473 else
4474 {
4475 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4476 character from current_buffer. */
4477 unsigned char *p;
4478
4479 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4480 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4481 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4482 && it->glyph_row
4483 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4484 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4485
4486 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4487 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4488 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4489 {
4490 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4491 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4492 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4493 }
4494 else
4495 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4496
4497 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4498 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4499 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4500 it->position = it->current.pos;
4501
4502 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4503 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4504 if (it->selective)
4505 {
4506 if (it->c == '\n')
4507 {
4508 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4509 than that number of columns. */
4510 if (it->selective > 0
4511 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4512 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4513 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4514 it->selective))
4515 {
4516 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4517 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4518 }
4519 }
4520 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4521 {
4522 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4523 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4524 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4525 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4526 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4527 }
4528 }
4529 }
4530
4531 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4532 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4533 return success_p;
4534 }
4535
4536
4537 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4538
4539 static void
4540 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4541 struct it *it;
4542 {
4543 Lisp_Object args[3];
4544
4545 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4546 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4547 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4548
4549 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4550 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4551 args[1] = it->window;
4552 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4553 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4554
4555 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4556 them again, even if they get an error. */
4557 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4558 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4559
4560 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4561 handle_face_prop (it);
4562 }
4563
4564
4565 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4566 filled with composition information (done in
4567 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4568
4569 static int
4570 next_element_from_composition (it)
4571 struct it *it;
4572 {
4573 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4574 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4575 ? it->current.string_pos
4576 : it->current.pos);
4577 return 1;
4578 }
4579
4580
4581 \f
4582 /***********************************************************************
4583 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4584 ***********************************************************************/
4585
4586 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4587 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4588
4589 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4590 whichever is reached first.
4591
4592 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4593
4594 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4595 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4596 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4597 scrolled.
4598
4599 Value is
4600
4601 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4602 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4603
4604 MOVE_X_REACHED
4605 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4606
4607 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4608 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4609 be continued.
4610
4611 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4612 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4613 truncated.
4614
4615 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4616 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4617 display is on. */
4618
4619 static enum move_it_result
4620 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4621 struct it *it;
4622 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4623 {
4624 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4625 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4626
4627 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4628 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4629 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4630
4631 while (1)
4632 {
4633 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4634
4635 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4636 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4637 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4638 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4639 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4640 {
4641 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4642 break;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4646 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4647 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4648 fit on the line. */
4649 x = it->current_x;
4650
4651 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4652 fit on the line. */
4653 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4654 {
4655 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4656 descent = it->max_descent;
4657 }
4658
4659 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4660
4661 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4662 {
4663 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4664 continue;
4665 }
4666
4667 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4668 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4669 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4670 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4671 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4672 composite character.
4673
4674 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4675 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4676 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4677 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4678 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4679 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4680 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4681 next line.
4682
4683 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4684 the same width. */
4685 if (it->nglyphs)
4686 {
4687 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4688 glyphs have the same width. */
4689 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4690 int new_x;
4691
4692 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4693 {
4694 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4695
4696 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4697 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4698 {
4699 it->current_x = x;
4700 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4701 break;
4702 }
4703 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4704 !it->truncate_lines_p
4705 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4706 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4707 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4708 system frame. */
4709 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4710 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4711 {
4712 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4713 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4714 it->hpos == 0
4715 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4716 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4717 {
4718 ++it->hpos;
4719 it->current_x = new_x;
4720 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4721 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4722 }
4723 else
4724 {
4725 it->current_x = x;
4726 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4727 it->max_descent = descent;
4728 }
4729
4730 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4731 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4732 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4733 break;
4734 }
4735 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4736 {
4737 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4738 would be displayed. */
4739 ++it->hpos;
4740 }
4741 else
4742 {
4743 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4744 area. Nothing to do. */
4745 }
4746 }
4747
4748 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4749 break;
4750 }
4751 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4752 {
4753 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4754 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4755 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4756 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4757 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4758 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4759 break;
4760 }
4761
4762 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4763 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4764 {
4765 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4766 break;
4767 }
4768
4769 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4770 to the next. */
4771 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4772
4773 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4774 past the right edge of the window now. */
4775 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4776 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4777 {
4778 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4779 break;
4780 }
4781 }
4782
4783 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4784 function. */
4785 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4786 return result;
4787 }
4788
4789
4790 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4791 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4792 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4793
4794 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4795 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4796 TO_CHARPOS. */
4797
4798 void
4799 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4800 struct it *it;
4801 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4802 int op;
4803 {
4804 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4805 int line_height;
4806 int reached = 0;
4807
4808 for (;;)
4809 {
4810 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4811 {
4812 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4813 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4814 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4815 {
4816 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4817 {
4818 reached = 1;
4819 break;
4820 }
4821 else
4822 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4823 }
4824 else
4825 {
4826 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4827 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4828 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4829 {
4830 reached = 2;
4831 break;
4832 }
4833
4834 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4835
4836 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4837 {
4838 reached = 3;
4839 break;
4840 }
4841 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4842 {
4843 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4844 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4845 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4846 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4847 {
4848 reached = 4;
4849 break;
4850 }
4851 }
4852 }
4853 }
4854 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4855 {
4856 struct it it_backup;
4857
4858 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4859 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4860 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4861 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4862 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4863 TO_X.
4864
4865 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4866 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4867 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4868 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4869 to happen. */
4870 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4871 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4872 ? to_x : 0),
4873 (MOVE_TO_X
4874 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4875
4876 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4877 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4878 {
4879 reached = 5;
4880 break;
4881 }
4882
4883 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4884 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4885 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4886 the line. */
4887 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4888 {
4889 it_backup = *it;
4890 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4891 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4892 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4893 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4897 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4898 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4899
4900 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4901 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4902 {
4903 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4904 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4905 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4906 to the ones before skipping. */
4907 *it = it_backup;
4908 reached = 6;
4909 }
4910 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4911 {
4912 skip = skip2;
4913 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4914 reached = 7;
4915 }
4916
4917 if (reached)
4918 break;
4919 }
4920 else
4921 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4922
4923 switch (skip)
4924 {
4925 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4926 reached = 8;
4927 goto out;
4928
4929 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4930 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4931 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4932 break;
4933
4934 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4935 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4936 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4937 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4938 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4939 {
4940 reached = 9;
4941 goto out;
4942 }
4943 break;
4944
4945 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4946 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4947 break;
4948
4949 default:
4950 abort ();
4951 }
4952
4953 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4954 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4955 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4956 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4957 ++it->vpos;
4958 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4959 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4960 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4961 }
4962
4963 out:
4964
4965 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4966 }
4967
4968
4969 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4970
4971 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4972 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4973 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4974 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4975 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4976
4977 void
4978 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4979 struct it *it;
4980 int dy;
4981 {
4982 int nlines, h, line_height;
4983 struct it it2;
4984 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4985
4986 xassert (dy >= 0);
4987
4988 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4989 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4990
4991 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4992 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4993 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4994
4995 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4996 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4997 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4998 use reseat_1 here. */
4999 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5000
5001 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5002 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5003
5004 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5005 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5006 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5007 y-distance. */
5008 it2 = *it;
5009 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5010 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5011 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5012 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5013 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5014
5015 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5016 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5017 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5018 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5019
5020 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5021 it->vpos -= nlines;
5022 it->current_y -= h;
5023
5024 if (dy == 0)
5025 {
5026 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5027 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5028 if (nlines > 0)
5029 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5030 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5031 }
5032 else if (nlines)
5033 {
5034 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5035 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5036 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5037
5038 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5039 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5040 if (target_y < it->current_y
5041 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5042 {
5043 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5044 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5045 }
5046 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5047 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5048 {
5049 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5050 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5051 }
5052 }
5053 }
5054
5055
5056 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5057 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5058 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5059
5060 void
5061 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5062 struct it *it;
5063 int dy;
5064 {
5065 if (dy <= 0)
5066 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5067 else if (dy > 0)
5068 {
5069 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5070 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5071 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5072 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5073
5074 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5075 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5076 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5077 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5078 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5079 }
5080 }
5081
5082
5083 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5084
5085 void
5086 move_it_past_eol (it)
5087 struct it *it;
5088 {
5089 enum move_it_result rc;
5090
5091 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5092 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5093 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5094 }
5095
5096
5097 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5098
5099 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5100 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5101 property lookup. */
5102
5103 static int
5104 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5105 struct it *it;
5106 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5107 {
5108 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5109 int invisible_found_p;
5110
5111 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5112
5113 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5114 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5115 it->window);
5116 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5117 invisible_found_p = 1;
5118 else
5119 {
5120 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5121 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5122 make_number (end_charpos));
5123 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5124 }
5125
5126 return invisible_found_p;
5127 }
5128
5129 #endif /* 0 */
5130
5131
5132 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5133 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5134 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5135 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5136
5137 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5138 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5139 truncate-lines nil. */
5140
5141 void
5142 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5143 struct it *it;
5144 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5145 {
5146 struct position pos;
5147
5148 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5149 {
5150 struct text_pos textpos;
5151
5152 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5153 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5154 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5155 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5156 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5157 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5158 }
5159 else if (dvpos == 0)
5160 {
5161 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5162 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5163 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5164 }
5165 else if (dvpos > 0)
5166 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5167 else
5168 {
5169 struct it it2;
5170 int start_charpos, i;
5171
5172 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5173 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5174 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5175 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5176 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5177 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5178
5179 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5180 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5181 it2 = *it;
5182 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5183 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5184 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5185 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5186 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5187
5188 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5189 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5190 {
5191 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5192 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5193 }
5194 }
5195 }
5196
5197
5198 \f
5199 /***********************************************************************
5200 Messages
5201 ***********************************************************************/
5202
5203
5204 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5205 to *Messages*. */
5206
5207 void
5208 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5209 char *format;
5210 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5211 {
5212 Lisp_Object args[3];
5213 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5214 char *buffer;
5215 int len;
5216 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5217
5218 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5219 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5220
5221 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5222 args[1] = arg1;
5223 args[2] = arg2;
5224 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5225
5226 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5227 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5228 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5229
5230 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5231 UNGCPRO;
5232 }
5233
5234
5235 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5236
5237 void
5238 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5239 {
5240 if (message_log_need_newline)
5241 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5242 }
5243
5244
5245 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5246 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5247 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5248 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5249 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5250
5251 void
5252 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5253 char *m;
5254 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5255 {
5256 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5257 {
5258 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5259 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5260 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5261 int point_at_end = 0;
5262 int zv_at_end = 0;
5263 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5264 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5265
5266 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5267 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5268 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5269 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5270
5271 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5272 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5273 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5274 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5275
5276 if (PT == Z)
5277 point_at_end = 1;
5278 if (ZV == Z)
5279 zv_at_end = 1;
5280
5281 BEGV = BEG;
5282 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5283 ZV = Z;
5284 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5285 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5286
5287 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5288 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5289 if (multibyte
5290 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5291 {
5292 int i, c, char_bytes;
5293 unsigned char work[1];
5294
5295 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5296 for the *Message* buffer. */
5297 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5298 {
5299 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5300 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5301 ? c
5302 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5303 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5304 }
5305 }
5306 else if (! multibyte
5307 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5308 {
5309 int i, c, char_bytes;
5310 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5311 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5312 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5313 for the *Message* buffer. */
5314 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5315 {
5316 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5317 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5318 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5319 }
5320 }
5321 else if (nbytes)
5322 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5323
5324 if (nlflag)
5325 {
5326 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5327 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5328
5329 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5330 this_bol = PT;
5331 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5332
5333 if (this_bol > BEG)
5334 {
5335 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5336 prev_bol = PT;
5337 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5338
5339 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5340 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5341 if (dup)
5342 {
5343 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5344 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5345 if (dup > 1)
5346 {
5347 char dupstr[40];
5348 int duplen;
5349
5350 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5351 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5352 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5353 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5354 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5355 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5356 }
5357 }
5358 }
5359
5360 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5361 {
5362 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5363 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5364 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5365 }
5366 }
5367 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5368 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5369
5370 if (zv_at_end)
5371 {
5372 ZV = Z;
5373 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5374 }
5375 else
5376 {
5377 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5378 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5379 }
5380
5381 if (point_at_end)
5382 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5383 else
5384 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5385 Lisp code. */
5386 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5387 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5388
5389 UNGCPRO;
5390 free_marker (oldpoint);
5391 free_marker (oldbegv);
5392 free_marker (oldzv);
5393
5394 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5395 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5396 if (NILP (tem))
5397 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5398 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5399 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5400 }
5401 }
5402
5403
5404 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5405 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5406 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5407 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5408 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5409
5410 static int
5411 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5412 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5413 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5414 {
5415 int i;
5416 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5417 int seen_dots = 0;
5418 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5419 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5420
5421 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5422 {
5423 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5424 seen_dots = 1;
5425 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5426 return seen_dots;
5427 }
5428 p1 += len;
5429 if (*p1 == '\n')
5430 return 2;
5431 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5432 {
5433 int n = 0;
5434 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5435 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5436 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5437 return n+1;
5438 }
5439 return 0;
5440 }
5441
5442
5443 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5444 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5445 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5446 through.
5447
5448 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5449 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5450 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5451 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5452
5453 void
5454 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5455 char *m;
5456 int nbytes;
5457 int multibyte;
5458 {
5459 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5460 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5461 if (m)
5462 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5463 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5464 }
5465
5466
5467 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5468
5469 void
5470 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5471 char *m;
5472 int nbytes;
5473 {
5474 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5475 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5476
5477 if (noninteractive)
5478 {
5479 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5480 putc ('\n', stderr);
5481 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5482 if (m)
5483 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5484 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5485 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5486 fflush (stderr);
5487 }
5488 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5489 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5490 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5491 else if (INTERACTIVE
5492 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5493 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5494 {
5495 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5496 struct frame *f;
5497
5498 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5499 that the selected frame is using. */
5500 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5501 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5502
5503 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5504 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5505 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5506 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5507
5508 if (m)
5509 {
5510 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5511 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5512 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5513 }
5514 else
5515 clear_message (1, 1);
5516
5517 do_pending_window_change (0);
5518 echo_area_display (1);
5519 do_pending_window_change (0);
5520 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5521 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5522 }
5523 }
5524
5525
5526 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5527 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5528 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5529 text show through. */
5530
5531 void
5532 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5533 Lisp_Object m;
5534 int nbytes;
5535 int multibyte;
5536 {
5537 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5538
5539 GCPRO1 (m);
5540
5541 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5542 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5543 if (STRINGP (m))
5544 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5545 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5546
5547 UNGCPRO;
5548 }
5549
5550
5551 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5552
5553 void
5554 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5555 Lisp_Object m;
5556 int nbytes, multibyte;
5557 {
5558 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5559 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5560
5561 if (noninteractive)
5562 {
5563 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5564 putc ('\n', stderr);
5565 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5566 if (STRINGP (m))
5567 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5568 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5569 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5570 fflush (stderr);
5571 }
5572 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5573 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5574 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5575 else if (INTERACTIVE
5576 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5577 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5578 {
5579 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5580 Lisp_Object frame;
5581 struct frame *f;
5582
5583 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5584 that the selected frame is using. */
5585 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5586 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5587 f = XFRAME (frame);
5588
5589 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5590 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5591 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5592 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5593
5594 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5595 {
5596 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5597 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5598 Fraise_frame (frame);
5599 }
5600 else
5601 clear_message (1, 1);
5602
5603 do_pending_window_change (0);
5604 echo_area_display (1);
5605 do_pending_window_change (0);
5606 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5607 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5608 }
5609 }
5610
5611
5612 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5613 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5614
5615 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5616 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5617 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5618 that was alloca'd. */
5619
5620 void
5621 message1 (m)
5622 char *m;
5623 {
5624 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5625 }
5626
5627
5628 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5629
5630 void
5631 message1_nolog (m)
5632 char *m;
5633 {
5634 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5635 }
5636
5637 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5638 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5639
5640 void
5641 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5642 char *m;
5643 Lisp_Object string;
5644 int log;
5645 {
5646 if (noninteractive)
5647 {
5648 if (m)
5649 {
5650 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5651 putc ('\n', stderr);
5652 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5653 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5654 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5655 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5656 fflush (stderr);
5657 }
5658 }
5659 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5660 {
5661 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5662 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5663 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5664 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5665 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5666
5667 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5668 that the selected frame is using. */
5669 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5670 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5671
5672 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5673 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5674 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5675 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5676 {
5677 int len;
5678 char *a[1];
5679 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5680
5681 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5682 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5683
5684 if (log)
5685 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5686 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5687 else
5688 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5689 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5690
5691 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5692 buffer next time. */
5693 message_buf_print = 0;
5694 }
5695 }
5696 }
5697
5698
5699 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5700 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5701
5702 /* VARARGS 1 */
5703 void
5704 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5705 char *m;
5706 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5707 {
5708 if (noninteractive)
5709 {
5710 if (m)
5711 {
5712 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5713 putc ('\n', stderr);
5714 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5715 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5716 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5717 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5718 fflush (stderr);
5719 }
5720 }
5721 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5722 {
5723 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5724 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5725 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5726 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5727 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5728
5729 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5730 that the selected frame is using. */
5731 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5732 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5733
5734 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5735 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5736 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5737 it. */
5738 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5739 {
5740 if (m)
5741 {
5742 int len;
5743 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5744 char *a[3];
5745 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5746 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5747 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5748
5749 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5750 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5751 #else
5752 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5753 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5754 (char **) &a1);
5755 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5756
5757 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5758 }
5759 else
5760 message1 (0);
5761
5762 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5763 buffer next time. */
5764 message_buf_print = 0;
5765 }
5766 }
5767 }
5768
5769
5770 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5771
5772 void
5773 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5774 char *m;
5775 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5776 {
5777 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5778 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5779 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5780 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5781 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5782 }
5783
5784
5785 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5786 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5787 critical. */
5788
5789 void
5790 update_echo_area ()
5791 {
5792 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5793 {
5794 Lisp_Object string;
5795 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5796 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5797 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5798 }
5799 }
5800
5801
5802 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5803 aren't, make new ones. */
5804
5805 static void
5806 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5807 {
5808 int i;
5809
5810 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5811 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5812 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5813 {
5814 char name[30];
5815 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5816 int j;
5817
5818 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5819 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5820 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5821 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5822
5823 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5824 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5825 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5826 }
5827 }
5828
5829
5830 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5831 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5832
5833 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5834 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5835 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5836
5837 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5838 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5839
5840 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5841 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5842 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5843
5844 Value is what FN returns. */
5845
5846 static int
5847 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5848 struct window *w;
5849 int which;
5850 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5851 EMACS_INT a1;
5852 Lisp_Object a2;
5853 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5854 {
5855 Lisp_Object buffer;
5856 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5857 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5858
5859 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5860 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5861
5862 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5863
5864 if (which == 0)
5865 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5866 else if (which > 0)
5867 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5868 else
5869 {
5870 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5871 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5872
5873 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5874 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5875 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5876 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5877 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5881 have one. */
5882 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5883 {
5884 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5885 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5886 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5887 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5888 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5889 }
5890
5891 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5892
5893 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5894 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5895
5896 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5897 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5898 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5899 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5900 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5901 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5902 aborts. */
5903 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5904 if (w)
5905 {
5906 w->buffer = buffer;
5907 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5908 }
5909
5910 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5911 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5912 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5913
5914 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5915 del_range (BEG, Z);
5916
5917 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5918 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5919
5920 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5921
5922 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5923 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5924
5925 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5926 return rc;
5927 }
5928
5929
5930 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5931 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5932
5933 static Lisp_Object
5934 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5935 struct window *w;
5936 {
5937 int i = 0;
5938 Lisp_Object vector;
5939
5940 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5941 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5942 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5943 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5944
5945 if (NILP (vector))
5946 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5947
5948 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5949 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5950 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5951
5952 if (w)
5953 {
5954 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5955 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5956 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5957 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5958 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5959 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5960 }
5961 else
5962 {
5963 int end = i + 4;
5964 while (i < end)
5965 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5966 }
5967
5968 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5969 return vector;
5970 }
5971
5972
5973 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5974 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5975
5976 static Lisp_Object
5977 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5978 Lisp_Object vector;
5979 {
5980 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5981 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5982 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5983
5984 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5985 {
5986 struct window *w;
5987 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5988
5989 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5990 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5991 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5992 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
5993
5994 w->buffer = buffer;
5995 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5996 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5997 }
5998
5999 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6000 return Qnil;
6001 }
6002
6003
6004 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6005 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6006
6007 void
6008 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6009 int multibyte_p;
6010 {
6011 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6012
6013 if (!message_buf_print)
6014 {
6015 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6016 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6017 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6018 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6019 else
6020 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6021
6022 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6023 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6024
6025 if (Z > BEG)
6026 {
6027 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6028 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6029 del_range (BEG, Z);
6030 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6031 }
6032 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6033
6034 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6035 if (multibyte_p
6036 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6037 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6038
6039 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6040 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6041 {
6042 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6043 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6044 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6045 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6046 }
6047
6048 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6049 message_buf_print = 1;
6050 }
6051 else
6052 {
6053 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6054 {
6055 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6056 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6057 else
6058 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6059 }
6060
6061 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6062 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6063 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6064 }
6065 }
6066
6067
6068 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6069 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6070 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6071 display the current message. */
6072
6073 static int
6074 display_echo_area (w)
6075 struct window *w;
6076 {
6077 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6078
6079 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6080 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6081 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6082 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6083 redisplay. */
6084 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6085
6086 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6087 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6088 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6089 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6090 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6091 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6092
6093 window_height_changed_p
6094 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6095 display_echo_area_1,
6096 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6097
6098 if (no_message_p)
6099 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6100
6101 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6102 return window_height_changed_p;
6103 }
6104
6105
6106 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6107 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6108 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6109 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6110 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6111
6112 static int
6113 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6114 EMACS_INT a1;
6115 Lisp_Object a2;
6116 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6117 {
6118 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6119 Lisp_Object window;
6120 struct text_pos start;
6121 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6122
6123 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6124 matrix for the display. */
6125 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6126
6127 /* Display. */
6128 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6129 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6130 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6131 try_window (window, start);
6132
6133 return window_height_changed_p;
6134 }
6135
6136
6137 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6138 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6139
6140 void
6141 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6142 {
6143 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6144 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6145 {
6146 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6147 int resized_p;
6148
6149 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6150 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6151 if (resized_p)
6152 {
6153 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6154 ++update_mode_lines;
6155 redisplay_internal (0);
6156 }
6157 }
6158 }
6159
6160
6161 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6162 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6163 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6164 returns. */
6165
6166 static int
6167 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6168 EMACS_INT a1;
6169 Lisp_Object a2;
6170 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6171 {
6172 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6173 }
6174
6175
6176 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6177 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6178 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6179 the window height has been changed. */
6180
6181 int
6182 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6183 struct window *w;
6184 int exact_p;
6185 {
6186 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6187 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6188
6189 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6190
6191 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6192 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6193 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6194 return 0;
6195
6196 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6197 {
6198 struct it it;
6199 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6200 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6201 int height, max_height;
6202 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6203 struct text_pos start;
6204 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6205
6206 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6207 {
6208 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6209 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6210 }
6211
6212 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6213
6214 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6215 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6216 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6217 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6218 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6219 else
6220 max_height = total_height / 4;
6221
6222 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6223 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6224 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6225
6226 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6227 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6228 height = 1;
6229 else
6230 {
6231 last_height = 0;
6232 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6233 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6234 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6235 else
6236 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6237 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6238 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6239 }
6240
6241 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6242 if (height > max_height)
6243 {
6244 height = max_height;
6245 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6246 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6247 start = it.current.pos;
6248 }
6249 else
6250 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6251 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6252
6253 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6254 {
6255 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6256 case the window shrinks again. */
6257 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6258 {
6259 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6260 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6261 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6262 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6263 }
6264 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6265 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6266 {
6267 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6268 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6269 shrink_mini_window (w);
6270 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6271 }
6272 }
6273 else
6274 {
6275 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6276 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6277 {
6278 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6279 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6280 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6281 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6282 }
6283 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6284 {
6285 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6286 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6287 shrink_mini_window (w);
6288
6289 if (height)
6290 {
6291 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6292 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6293 }
6294
6295 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6296 }
6297 }
6298
6299 if (old_current_buffer)
6300 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6301 }
6302
6303 return window_height_changed_p;
6304 }
6305
6306
6307 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6308 current message. */
6309
6310 Lisp_Object
6311 current_message ()
6312 {
6313 Lisp_Object msg;
6314
6315 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6316 msg = Qnil;
6317 else
6318 {
6319 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6320 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6321 if (NILP (msg))
6322 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6323 }
6324
6325 return msg;
6326 }
6327
6328
6329 static int
6330 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6331 EMACS_INT a1;
6332 Lisp_Object a2;
6333 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6334 {
6335 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6336
6337 if (Z > BEG)
6338 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6339 else
6340 *msg = Qnil;
6341 return 0;
6342 }
6343
6344
6345 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6346 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6347 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6348 worth optimizing. */
6349
6350 int
6351 push_message ()
6352 {
6353 Lisp_Object msg;
6354 msg = current_message ();
6355 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6356 return STRINGP (msg);
6357 }
6358
6359
6360 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6361
6362 Lisp_Object
6363 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6364 Lisp_Object dummy;
6365 {
6366 pop_message ();
6367 return Qnil;
6368 }
6369
6370
6371 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6372
6373 void
6374 restore_message ()
6375 {
6376 Lisp_Object msg;
6377
6378 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6379 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6380 if (STRINGP (msg))
6381 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6382 else
6383 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6384 }
6385
6386
6387 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6388
6389 void
6390 pop_message ()
6391 {
6392 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6393 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6394 }
6395
6396
6397 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6398 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6399 somewhere. */
6400
6401 void
6402 check_message_stack ()
6403 {
6404 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6405 abort ();
6406 }
6407
6408
6409 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6410 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6411
6412 void
6413 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6414 int nchars;
6415 {
6416 if (nchars == 0)
6417 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6418 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6419 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6420 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6421 else if (!noninteractive
6422 && INTERACTIVE
6423 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6424 {
6425 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6426 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6427 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6428 }
6429 }
6430
6431
6432 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6433 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6434
6435 static int
6436 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6437 EMACS_INT nchars;
6438 Lisp_Object a2;
6439 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6440 {
6441 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6442 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6443 if (Z == BEG)
6444 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6445 return 0;
6446 }
6447
6448
6449 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6450
6451 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6452 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6453 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6454
6455 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6456 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6457 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6458
6459 void
6460 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6461 char *s;
6462 Lisp_Object string;
6463 int nbytes;
6464 {
6465 message_enable_multibyte
6466 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6467 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6468
6469 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6470 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6471 message_buf_print = 0;
6472 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6473 }
6474
6475
6476 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6477 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6478 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6479 current. */
6480
6481 static int
6482 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6483 EMACS_INT a1;
6484 Lisp_Object a2;
6485 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6486 {
6487 char *s = (char *) a1;
6488 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6489
6490 xassert (BEG == Z);
6491
6492 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6493 if (message_enable_multibyte
6494 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6495 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6496
6497 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6498
6499 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6500 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6501
6502 if (STRINGP (string))
6503 {
6504 int nchars;
6505
6506 if (nbytes == 0)
6507 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6508 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6509
6510 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6511 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6512 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6513 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6514 }
6515 else if (s)
6516 {
6517 if (nbytes == 0)
6518 nbytes = strlen (s);
6519
6520 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6521 {
6522 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6523 int i, c, n;
6524 unsigned char work[1];
6525
6526 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6527 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6528 {
6529 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6530 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6531 ? c
6532 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6533 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6534 }
6535 }
6536 else if (!multibyte_p
6537 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6538 {
6539 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6540 int i, c, n;
6541 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6542 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6543
6544 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6545 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6546 {
6547 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6548 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6549 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6550 }
6551 }
6552 else
6553 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6554 }
6555
6556 return 0;
6557 }
6558
6559
6560 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6561 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6562 last displayed. */
6563
6564 void
6565 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6566 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6567 {
6568 if (current_p)
6569 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6570
6571 if (last_displayed_p)
6572 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6573
6574 message_buf_print = 0;
6575 }
6576
6577 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6578
6579 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6580 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6581 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6582 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6583 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6584 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6585
6586 static void
6587 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6588 {
6589 if (frame_garbaged)
6590 {
6591 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6592
6593 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6594 {
6595 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6596
6597 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6598 {
6599 clear_current_matrices (f);
6600 f->garbaged = 0;
6601 }
6602 }
6603
6604 frame_garbaged = 0;
6605 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6606 }
6607 }
6608
6609
6610 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6611 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6612 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6613
6614 static int
6615 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6616 int update_frame_p;
6617 {
6618 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6619 struct window *w;
6620 struct frame *f;
6621 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6622 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6623
6624 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6625 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6626 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6627
6628 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6629 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6630 return 0;
6631
6632 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6633 #ifndef macintosh
6634 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6635 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6636 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6637 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6638 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6639 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6640 return 0;
6641 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6642 #endif
6643
6644 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6645 if (frame_garbaged)
6646 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6647
6648 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6649 {
6650 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6651 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6652 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6653
6654 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6655 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6656 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6657 here could cause confusion. */
6658 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6659 {
6660 int n = 0;
6661
6662 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6663 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6664 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6665 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6666 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6667 if (!display_completed)
6668 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6669
6670 if (window_height_changed_p
6671 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
6672 needs to run hooks. */
6673 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
6674 {
6675 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6676 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6677 pending input. */
6678 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6679 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6680 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6681 redisplay_internal (0);
6682 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6683 }
6684 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6685 {
6686 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6687 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6688 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6689 update_single_window (w, 1);
6690 rif->flush_display (f);
6691 }
6692 else
6693 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6694
6695 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6696 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6697 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6698 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6699 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6700 }
6701 }
6702 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6703 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6704
6705 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6706 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6707
6708 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6709 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6710 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6711 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6712 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6713
6714 return window_height_changed_p;
6715 }
6716
6717
6718 \f
6719 /***********************************************************************
6720 Frame Titles
6721 ***********************************************************************/
6722
6723
6724 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6725
6726 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6727 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6728
6729 static char *frame_title_buf;
6730
6731 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6732
6733 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6734 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6735
6736
6737 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6738 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6739
6740 static void
6741 store_frame_title_char (c)
6742 char c;
6743 {
6744 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6745 double the buffer's size. */
6746 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6747 {
6748 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6749 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6750 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6751 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6752 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6753 }
6754
6755 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6756 }
6757
6758
6759 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6760 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
6761 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
6762 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
6763 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
6764 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
6765 frame title. */
6766
6767 static int
6768 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6769 unsigned char *str;
6770 int field_width, precision;
6771 {
6772 int n = 0;
6773 int dummy, nbytes, width;
6774
6775 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6776 nbytes = strlen (str);
6777 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
6778 while (nbytes--)
6779 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6780
6781 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6782 while (field_width > 0
6783 && n < field_width)
6784 {
6785 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6786 ++n;
6787 }
6788
6789 return n;
6790 }
6791
6792
6793 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6794 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6795 frame_title_format. */
6796
6797 static void
6798 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6799 Lisp_Object frame;
6800 {
6801 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6802
6803 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6804 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6805 || f->explicit_name)
6806 {
6807 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6808 Lisp_Object tail;
6809 Lisp_Object fmt;
6810 struct buffer *obuf;
6811 int len;
6812 struct it it;
6813
6814 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6815 {
6816 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6817
6818 if (tf != f
6819 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6820 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6821 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6822 break;
6823 }
6824
6825 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6826 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6827
6828 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6829 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6830 then display the title. */
6831 obuf = current_buffer;
6832 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6833 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6834 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6835 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6836 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6837 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6838 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6839 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6840 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6841
6842 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6843 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6844 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6845 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6846 higher level than this.) */
6847 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6848 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6849 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6850 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6851 }
6852 }
6853
6854 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6855
6856 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6857 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6858
6859 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6860
6861
6862
6863 \f
6864 /***********************************************************************
6865 Menu Bars
6866 ***********************************************************************/
6867
6868
6869 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6870 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6871
6872 void
6873 prepare_menu_bars ()
6874 {
6875 int all_windows;
6876 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6877 struct frame *f;
6878 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6879
6880 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6881 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6882 #else
6883 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6884 #endif
6885
6886 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6887 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6888 up-to-date frame titles. */
6889 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6890 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6891 {
6892 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6893
6894 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6895 {
6896 f = XFRAME (frame);
6897 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6898 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6899 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6900 }
6901 }
6902 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6903
6904 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6905 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6906 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6907 || buffer_shared > 1
6908 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6909 if (all_windows)
6910 {
6911 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6912 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6913
6914 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6915
6916 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6917 {
6918 f = XFRAME (frame);
6919
6920 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6921 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6922 continue;
6923
6924 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6925 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6926 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6927 {
6928 Lisp_Object functions;
6929
6930 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6931 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6932 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6933 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6934
6935 while (CONSP (functions))
6936 {
6937 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6938 functions = XCDR (functions);
6939 }
6940 UNGCPRO;
6941 }
6942
6943 GCPRO1 (tail);
6944 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6945 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6946 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6947 #endif
6948 UNGCPRO;
6949 }
6950
6951 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6952 }
6953 else
6954 {
6955 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6956 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6957 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6958 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6959 #endif
6960 }
6961
6962 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6963 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6964 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6965 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6966 #endif
6967 }
6968
6969
6970 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6971 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6972 eval.
6973
6974 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6975
6976 static void
6977 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6978 struct frame *f;
6979 int save_match_data;
6980 {
6981 Lisp_Object window;
6982 register struct window *w;
6983
6984 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6985 w = XWINDOW (window);
6986
6987 if (update_mode_lines)
6988 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6989
6990 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6991 ?
6992 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6993 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6994 #else
6995 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6996 #endif
6997 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6998 {
6999 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7000 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7001 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7002 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7003 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7004 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7005 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7006 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7007 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7008 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7009 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7010 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7011 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7012 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7013 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7014 {
7015 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7016 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7017
7018 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7019 if (save_match_data)
7020 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7021 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7022 {
7023 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7024 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7025 }
7026
7027 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7028 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7029
7030 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7031 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7032 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7033 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7034
7035 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7036 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7037
7038 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7039 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7040 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7041 #if defined (macintosh)
7042 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7043 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7044 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7045 #endif
7046 )
7047 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7048 else
7049 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7050 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7051 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7052 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7053 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7054 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7055 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7056 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7057
7058 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7059 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7060 }
7061 }
7062 }
7063
7064
7065 \f
7066 /***********************************************************************
7067 Tool-bars
7068 ***********************************************************************/
7069
7070 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7071
7072 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7073 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7074 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7075 and restore it here. */
7076
7077 static void
7078 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7079 struct frame *f;
7080 int save_match_data;
7081 {
7082 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7083 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7084 {
7085 Lisp_Object window;
7086 struct window *w;
7087
7088 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7089 w = XWINDOW (window);
7090
7091 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7092 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7093 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7094 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7095 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7096 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7097 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7098 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7099 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7100 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7101 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7102 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7103 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7104 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7105 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7106 {
7107 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7108 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7109
7110 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7111 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7112 keymaps. */
7113 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7114
7115 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7116 if (save_match_data)
7117 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7118
7119 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7120 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7121 {
7122 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7123 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7124 }
7125
7126 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7127 f->tool_bar_items
7128 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7129
7130 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7131 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7132
7133 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7134 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7135 }
7136 }
7137 }
7138
7139
7140 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7141 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7142 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7143
7144 static void
7145 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7146 struct frame *f;
7147 {
7148 int i, size, size_needed;
7149 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7150 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7151
7152 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7153 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7154
7155 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7156 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7157
7158 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7159 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7160 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7161 : 0);
7162
7163 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7164 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7165
7166 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7167 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7168 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7169 make_number (' '));
7170 else
7171 {
7172 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7173 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7174 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7175 }
7176
7177 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7178 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7179 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7180 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7181 {
7182 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7183
7184 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7185 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7186 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7187 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7188 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7189
7190 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7191 button state. */
7192 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7193 if (VECTORP (image))
7194 {
7195 if (enabled_p)
7196 idx = (selected_p
7197 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7198 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7199 else
7200 idx = (selected_p
7201 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7202 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7203
7204 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7205 image = AREF (image, idx);
7206 }
7207 else
7208 idx = -1;
7209
7210 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7211 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7212 continue;
7213
7214 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7215 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7216
7217 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7218 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7219 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7220
7221 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7222 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7223 {
7224 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7225 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7226 }
7227 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7228 {
7229 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7230 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7231 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7232
7233 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7234 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7235 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7236 }
7237
7238 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7239 {
7240 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7241 selected. */
7242 if (selected_p)
7243 {
7244 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7245 hmargin -= relief;
7246 vmargin -= relief;
7247 }
7248 }
7249 else
7250 {
7251 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7252 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7253 raised relief. */
7254 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7255 (selected_p
7256 ? make_number (-relief)
7257 : make_number (relief)));
7258 hmargin -= relief;
7259 vmargin -= relief;
7260 }
7261
7262 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7263 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7264 {
7265 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7266 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7267 else
7268 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7269 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7270 make_number (vmargin)));
7271 }
7272
7273 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7274 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7275 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7276 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7277 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7278
7279 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7280 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7281 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7282 vector. */
7283 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7284 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7285 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7286
7287 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7288 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7289 previous string. */
7290 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7291 end = XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size;
7292 else
7293 end = i + 1;
7294 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7295 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7296 #undef PROP
7297 }
7298
7299 UNGCPRO;
7300 }
7301
7302
7303 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7304
7305 static void
7306 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7307 struct it *it;
7308 {
7309 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7310 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7311 struct glyph *last;
7312
7313 prepare_desired_row (row);
7314 row->y = it->current_y;
7315
7316 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7317 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7318 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7319
7320 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7321 {
7322 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7323
7324 /* Get the next display element. */
7325 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7326 break;
7327
7328 /* Produce glyphs. */
7329 x_before = it->current_x;
7330 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7331 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7332
7333 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7334 i = 0;
7335 x = x_before;
7336 while (i < nglyphs)
7337 {
7338 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7339
7340 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7341 {
7342 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7343 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7344 it->current_x = x;
7345 goto out;
7346 }
7347
7348 ++it->hpos;
7349 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7350 ++i;
7351 }
7352
7353 /* Stop at line ends. */
7354 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7355 break;
7356
7357 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7358 }
7359
7360 out:;
7361
7362 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7363 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7364 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7365 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7366 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7367 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7368 compute_line_metrics (it);
7369
7370 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7371 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7372 {
7373 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7374 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7375 }
7376
7377 row->full_width_p = 1;
7378 row->continued_p = 0;
7379 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7380 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7381
7382 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7383 it->current_y += row->height;
7384 ++it->vpos;
7385 ++it->glyph_row;
7386 }
7387
7388
7389 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7390 items of frame F visible. */
7391
7392 static int
7393 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7394 struct frame *f;
7395 {
7396 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7397 struct it it;
7398
7399 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7400 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7401 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7402 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7403 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7404 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7405
7406 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7407 {
7408 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7409 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7410 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7411 }
7412
7413 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7414 }
7415
7416
7417 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7418 0, 1, 0,
7419 "Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME.")
7420 (frame)
7421 Lisp_Object frame;
7422 {
7423 struct frame *f;
7424 struct window *w;
7425 int nlines = 0;
7426
7427 if (NILP (frame))
7428 frame = selected_frame;
7429 else
7430 CHECK_FRAME (frame, 0);
7431 f = XFRAME (frame);
7432
7433 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7434 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7435 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7436 {
7437 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7438 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7439 {
7440 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7441 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7442 }
7443 }
7444
7445 return make_number (nlines);
7446 }
7447
7448
7449 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7450 height should be changed. */
7451
7452 static int
7453 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7454 struct frame *f;
7455 {
7456 struct window *w;
7457 struct it it;
7458 struct glyph_row *row;
7459 int change_height_p = 0;
7460
7461 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7462 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7463 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7464 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7465 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7466 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7467 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7468 return 0;
7469
7470 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7471 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7472 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7473 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7474 row = it.glyph_row;
7475
7476 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7477 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7478 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7479
7480 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7481 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7482 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7483
7484 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7485 window, so don't do it. */
7486 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7487 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7488
7489 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7490 {
7491 int nlines;
7492
7493 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7494 height. */
7495 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7496 change_height_p = 1;
7497
7498 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7499 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7500 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7501 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7502 if (!row->displays_text_p
7503 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7504 change_height_p = 1;
7505
7506 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7507 change the tool-bar's height. */
7508 if (row->displays_text_p
7509 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7510 change_height_p = 1;
7511
7512 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7513 frame parameter. */
7514 if (change_height_p
7515 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7516 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7517 {
7518 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7519 Lisp_Object frame;
7520 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7521
7522 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7523 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7524 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7525 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7526 make_number (nlines)),
7527 Qnil));
7528 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7529 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7530 }
7531 }
7532
7533 return change_height_p;
7534 }
7535
7536
7537 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7538 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7539 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7540 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7541
7542 int
7543 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7544 struct frame *f;
7545 struct glyph *glyph;
7546 int *prop_idx;
7547 {
7548 Lisp_Object prop;
7549 int success_p;
7550
7551 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7552 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7553 F->tool_bar_items. */
7554 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7555 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7556 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7557 {
7558 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7559 success_p = 1;
7560 }
7561 else
7562 success_p = 0;
7563
7564 return success_p;
7565 }
7566
7567 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7568
7569
7570 \f
7571 /************************************************************************
7572 Horizontal scrolling
7573 ************************************************************************/
7574
7575 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7576 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7577
7578 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7579 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7580 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7581 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7582 changed. */
7583
7584 static int
7585 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7586 Lisp_Object window;
7587 {
7588 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7589
7590 while (WINDOWP (window))
7591 {
7592 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7593
7594 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7595 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7596 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7597 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7598 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7599 {
7600 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7601 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7602 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7603 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7604 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7605 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7606 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7607 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7608 ? desired_cursor_row
7609 : current_cursor_row);
7610
7611 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7612 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7613
7614 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7615 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7616
7617 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7618 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7619 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7620 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7621 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7622 {
7623 struct it it;
7624 int hscroll;
7625 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7626 int pt;
7627
7628 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7629 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7630 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7631
7632 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7633 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7634 else
7635 {
7636 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7637 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7638 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7639 }
7640
7641 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7642 a line with infinite width. */
7643 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7644 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7645 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7646 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7647
7648 /* Center cursor in window. */
7649 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7650 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7651 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7652
7653 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7654 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7655 optimizations. */
7656 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7657 {
7658 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7659 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7660 hscrolled_p = 1;
7661 }
7662 }
7663 }
7664
7665 window = w->next;
7666 }
7667
7668 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7669 return hscrolled_p;
7670 }
7671
7672
7673 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7674 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7675 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7676 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7677 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7678
7679 static int
7680 hscroll_windows (window)
7681 Lisp_Object window;
7682 {
7683 int hscrolled_p;
7684
7685 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7686 {
7687 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7688 if (hscrolled_p)
7689 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7690 }
7691 else
7692 hscrolled_p = 0;
7693 return hscrolled_p;
7694 }
7695
7696
7697 \f
7698 /************************************************************************
7699 Redisplay
7700 ************************************************************************/
7701
7702 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7703 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7704 session. */
7705
7706 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7707
7708 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7709
7710 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7711 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7712
7713 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7714
7715 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7716
7717 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7718
7719 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7720
7721 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7722 try_window_id. */
7723
7724 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7725
7726 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7727 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7728 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7729 resulting string to stderr. */
7730
7731 static void
7732 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7733 struct window *w;
7734 char *fmt;
7735 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7736 {
7737 char buffer[512];
7738 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7739 int len = strlen (method);
7740 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7741 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7742
7743 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7744 if (len && remaining)
7745 {
7746 method[len] = '|';
7747 --remaining, ++len;
7748 }
7749
7750 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7751
7752 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7753 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7754 w,
7755 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7756 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7757 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7758 : "no buffer"),
7759 buffer);
7760 }
7761
7762 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7763
7764
7765 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7766 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7767 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7768 cleared. */
7769
7770 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7771 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7772
7773 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7774
7775 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7776
7777 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7778
7779 int redisplaying_p;
7780
7781
7782 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7783 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7784 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7785 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7786
7787 static INLINE int
7788 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7789 struct window *w;
7790 int start, end;
7791 {
7792 int unchanged_p = 1;
7793
7794 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7795 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7796 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7797 {
7798 /* Gap in the line? */
7799 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7800 unchanged_p = 0;
7801
7802 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7803 if (unchanged_p
7804 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7805 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7806 unchanged_p = 0;
7807
7808 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7809 beginning of the line. */
7810 if (unchanged_p
7811 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7812 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7813 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7814 unchanged_p = 0;
7815 }
7816
7817 return unchanged_p;
7818 }
7819
7820
7821 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7822 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7823
7824 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7825 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7826 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7827
7828 void
7829 redisplay ()
7830 {
7831 redisplay_internal (0);
7832 }
7833
7834 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7835 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7836 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7837
7838 int
7839 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7840 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7841 int prev_pt, pt;
7842 {
7843 int start, end;
7844 Lisp_Object prop;
7845 Lisp_Object buffer;
7846
7847 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7848 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7849 same buffer. */
7850 if (prev_buf == buf)
7851 {
7852 if (prev_pt == pt)
7853 /* Point didn't move. */
7854 return 0;
7855
7856 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7857 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7858 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7859 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7860 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7861 point moved out of the composition. */
7862 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7863 }
7864
7865 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7866 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7867 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7868 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7869 && start < pt && end > pt);
7870 }
7871
7872 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7873 in window W. */
7874
7875 static INLINE void
7876 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7877 struct window *w;
7878 struct buffer *b;
7879 {
7880 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7881 b->clip_changed = 1;
7882 else if (b->clip_changed
7883 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7884 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7885 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7886 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7887 b->clip_changed = 0;
7888
7889 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7890 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7891 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7892 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7893 check. */
7894 if (!b->clip_changed
7895 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7896 {
7897 int pt;
7898
7899 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7900 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7901 else
7902 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7903
7904 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7905 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7906 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7907 XINT (w->last_point),
7908 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7909 b->clip_changed = 1;
7910 }
7911 }
7912
7913
7914 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7915 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7916 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7917 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7918 causes some problems. */
7919
7920 static void
7921 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7922 int preserve_echo_area;
7923 {
7924 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7925 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7926 int pause;
7927 int must_finish = 0;
7928 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7929 int number_of_visible_frames;
7930 int count;
7931 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7932
7933 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7934 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7935 int consider_all_windows_p;
7936
7937 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7938
7939 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7940 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7941 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7942 if (noninteractive
7943 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7944 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7945 return;
7946
7947 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7948 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7949 update necessary. */
7950 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7951 {
7952 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7953 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7954 return;
7955 }
7956
7957 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7958 if (popup_activated ())
7959 return;
7960 #endif
7961
7962 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7963 if (redisplaying_p)
7964 return;
7965
7966 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7967 when we leave this function. */
7968 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7969 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7970 ++redisplaying_p;
7971
7972 retry:
7973 pause = 0;
7974 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7975
7976 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7977 necessary, do it. */
7978 if (fonts_changed_p)
7979 {
7980 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7981 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7982 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7983 }
7984
7985 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7986 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7987 {
7988 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7989 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7990 thing. */
7991 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7992 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7993 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7994 }
7995 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7996
7997 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7998 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7999 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8000 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8001 {
8002 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8003
8004 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8005
8006 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8007 {
8008 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8009
8010 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8011 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8012 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8013 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8014 }
8015 }
8016
8017 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8018 do_pending_window_change (1);
8019
8020 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8021 if (frame_garbaged)
8022 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8023
8024 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8025 prepare_menu_bars ();
8026
8027 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8028 update_mode_lines++;
8029
8030 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8031 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8032 {
8033 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8034 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8035 update_mode_lines++;
8036 }
8037
8038 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8039 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8040 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8041 where no change is needed. */
8042 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8043 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8044 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8045 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8046 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8047
8048 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8049
8050 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8051 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8052 there. */
8053 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8054
8055 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8056 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8057 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8058 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8059 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8060
8061 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8062 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8063 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8064 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8065 the echo area should be cleared. */
8066 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8067 {
8068 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8069 must_finish = 1;
8070
8071 if (fonts_changed_p)
8072 goto retry;
8073 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8074 {
8075 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8076 ++update_mode_lines;
8077 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8078
8079 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8080 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8081 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8082 if (frame_garbaged)
8083 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8084 }
8085 }
8086 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8087 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8088 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8089 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8090 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8091 {
8092 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8093 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8094 must_finish = 1;
8095 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8096 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8097 ++update_mode_lines;
8098
8099 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8100 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8101 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8102 if (frame_garbaged)
8103 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8104 }
8105
8106
8107 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8108 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8109 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8110 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8111 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8112 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8113 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8114 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8115 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8116 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8117
8118 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8119 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8120 set in display_line and record information about the line
8121 containing the cursor. */
8122 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8123 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8124 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8125 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8126 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8127 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8128 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8129 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8130 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8131 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8132 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8133 && NILP (w->force_start)
8134 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8135 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8136 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8137 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8138 must be unchanged */
8139 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8140 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8141 {
8142 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8143 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8144 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8145 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8146 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8147 goto cancel;
8148 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8149 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8150 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8151 {
8152 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8153 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8154 line 885).
8155
8156 For instance, in the following case:
8157
8158 -------- Insert --------
8159 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8160 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8161 ^^ ^^
8162 -------- --------
8163
8164 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8165
8166 struct it it;
8167 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8168
8169 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8170 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8171 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8172
8173 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8174 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8175 goto cancel;
8176
8177 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8178 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8179 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8180 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8181 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8182 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8183 display_line (&it);
8184
8185 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8186 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8187 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8188 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8189 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8190 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8191 /* Line ends as before. */
8192 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8193 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8194 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8195 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8196 {
8197 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8198 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8199 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8200 {
8201 struct glyph_row *row
8202 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8203 int delta, delta_bytes;
8204
8205 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8206 {
8207 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8208 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8209 delta = (Z
8210 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8211 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8212 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8213 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8214 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8215 }
8216 else
8217 {
8218 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8219 account of the newline and the rest of the
8220 text that follows. */
8221 delta = (Z
8222 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8223 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8224 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8225 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8226 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8227 }
8228
8229 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8230 this_line_vpos + 1,
8231 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8232 delta, delta_bytes);
8233 }
8234
8235 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8236 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8237 adjusted. */
8238 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8239 {
8240 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8241 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8242 }
8243 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8244 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8245 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8246 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8247
8248 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8249 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8250
8251 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8252 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8253 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8254 #endif
8255 goto update;
8256 }
8257 else
8258 goto cancel;
8259 }
8260 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8261 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8262 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8263 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8264 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8265 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8266 {
8267 if (!must_finish)
8268 {
8269 do_pending_window_change (1);
8270
8271 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8272 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8273 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8274 goto end_of_redisplay;
8275 }
8276 goto update;
8277 }
8278 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8279 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8280 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8281 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8282 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8283 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8284 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8285 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8286 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8287 {
8288 struct it it;
8289 struct glyph_row *row;
8290
8291 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8292 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8293 next visible position. */
8294 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8295 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8296 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8297 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8298 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8299
8300 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8301 moves over before-strings. */
8302 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8303
8304 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8305 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8306 row->enabled_p))
8307 {
8308 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8309 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8310 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8311 goto update;
8312 }
8313 else
8314 goto cancel;
8315 }
8316
8317 cancel:
8318 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8319 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8320 }
8321
8322 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8323 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8324 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8325
8326
8327 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8328 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8329 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8330
8331 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8332 {
8333 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8334
8335 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8336 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8337 {
8338 clear_face_cache (0);
8339 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8340 }
8341
8342 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8343 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8344 buffer_shared = 0;
8345
8346 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8347 {
8348 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8349
8350 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8351 {
8352 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8353 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8354 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8355 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8356
8357 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8358 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8359
8360 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8361 nuked should now go away. */
8362 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8363 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8364
8365 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8366 if (fonts_changed_p)
8367 goto retry;
8368
8369 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8370 {
8371 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8372 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8373 goto retry;
8374
8375 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8376 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8377 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8378 error. */
8379 if (interrupt_input)
8380 unrequest_sigio ();
8381 stop_polling ();
8382
8383 /* Update the display. */
8384 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8385 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8386 if (pause)
8387 break;
8388
8389 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8390 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8391 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8392 }
8393 }
8394 }
8395 }
8396 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8397 {
8398 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8399 struct frame *mini_frame;
8400
8401 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8402
8403 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8404 update:
8405
8406 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8407 if (fonts_changed_p)
8408 goto retry;
8409
8410 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8411 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8412 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8413 if (interrupt_input)
8414 unrequest_sigio ();
8415 stop_polling ();
8416
8417 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8418 {
8419 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8420 goto retry;
8421
8422 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8423 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8424 }
8425
8426 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8427 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8428 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8429 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8430 it here. */
8431 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8432 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8433
8434 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8435 {
8436 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8437 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8438 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8439 goto retry;
8440 }
8441 }
8442
8443 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8444 thorough update the next time. */
8445 if (pause)
8446 {
8447 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8448 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8449 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8450 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8451
8452 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8453 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8454 {
8455 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8456 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8457 }
8458
8459 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8460 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8461 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8462 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8463 update_mode_lines = 1;
8464 }
8465
8466 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8467 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8468 if (!pause)
8469 {
8470 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8471
8472 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8473 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8474 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8475 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8476
8477 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8478 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8479 else
8480 {
8481 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8482 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8483 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8484
8485 b->clip_changed = 0;
8486 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8487 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8488 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8489 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8490 w->last_had_star
8491 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8492 ? Qt : Qnil);
8493
8494 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8495 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8496 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8497 && (EQ (selected_window,
8498 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8499 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8500 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8501 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8502 : Qnil);
8503
8504 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8505 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8506 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8507 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8508 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8509
8510 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8511 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8512 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8513 }
8514
8515 update_mode_lines = 0;
8516 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8517 }
8518
8519 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8520 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8521 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8522 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8523 if (interrupt_input)
8524 request_sigio ();
8525 start_polling ();
8526
8527 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8528 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8529 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8530 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8531 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8532 frames here explicitly. */
8533 if (!pause)
8534 {
8535 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8536 int new_count = 0;
8537
8538 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8539 {
8540 int this_is_visible = 0;
8541
8542 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8543 this_is_visible = 1;
8544 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8545 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8546 this_is_visible = 1;
8547
8548 if (this_is_visible)
8549 new_count++;
8550 }
8551
8552 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8553 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8554 }
8555
8556 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8557 do_pending_window_change (1);
8558
8559 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8560 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8561 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8562 goto retry;
8563
8564 end_of_redisplay:;
8565
8566 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8567 }
8568
8569
8570 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8571 another message has been requested in its place.
8572
8573 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8574 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8575 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8576 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
8577
8578 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
8579 called. This is useful for debugging. */
8580
8581 void
8582 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
8583 int from_where;
8584 {
8585 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
8586
8587 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8588 {
8589 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8590 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8591 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8592 redisplay_internal (1);
8593 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8594 }
8595 else
8596 redisplay_internal (1);
8597 }
8598
8599
8600 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8601 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8602 in progress. */
8603
8604 static Lisp_Object
8605 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8606 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8607 {
8608 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8609 return Qnil;
8610 }
8611
8612
8613 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8614 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8615 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8616 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8617
8618 void
8619 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8620 Lisp_Object window;
8621 int accurate_p;
8622 {
8623 struct window *w;
8624
8625 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8626 {
8627 w = XWINDOW (window);
8628
8629 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8630 {
8631 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8632
8633 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8634 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8635 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8636 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8637 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8638 ? Qt : Qnil);
8639
8640 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8641 Let's check it. */
8642 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8643 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8644 w->region_showing
8645 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8646 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8647 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8648 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8649 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8650 : Qnil));
8651 #endif
8652
8653 if (accurate_p)
8654 {
8655 b->clip_changed = 0;
8656 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8657 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8658 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8659 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8660 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8661 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8662 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8663 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8664 else
8665 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8666 }
8667 }
8668
8669 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8670 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8671
8672 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8673 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8674 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8675 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8676 }
8677
8678 if (accurate_p)
8679 {
8680 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8681 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8682 }
8683 else
8684 {
8685 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8686 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8687 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8688 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8689 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8690 }
8691 }
8692
8693
8694 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8695 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8696 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8697 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8698
8699 Lisp_Object
8700 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8701 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8702 int c;
8703 {
8704 int code[4], i;
8705 Lisp_Object val;
8706
8707 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8708 return (dp->contents[c]);
8709
8710 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8711 if (code[1] < 32)
8712 code[1] = -1;
8713 else if (code[2] < 32)
8714 code[2] = -1;
8715
8716 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8717 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8718 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8719 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8720 code[0] += 128;
8721 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8722
8723 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8724 {
8725 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8726 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8727 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8728 }
8729
8730 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8731 it. */
8732 return (dp->defalt);
8733 }
8734
8735
8736 \f
8737 /***********************************************************************
8738 Window Redisplay
8739 ***********************************************************************/
8740
8741 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8742
8743 static void
8744 redisplay_windows (window)
8745 Lisp_Object window;
8746 {
8747 while (!NILP (window))
8748 {
8749 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8750
8751 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8752 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8753 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8754 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8755 else
8756 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8757
8758 window = w->next;
8759 }
8760 }
8761
8762
8763 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8764 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8765 differ from current buffer positions. */
8766
8767 void
8768 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8769 struct window *w;
8770 struct glyph_row *row;
8771 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8772 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8773 {
8774 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8775 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8776 int x = row->x;
8777 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8778
8779 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8780 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8781 frames. */
8782 if (row->displays_text_p)
8783 while (glyph < end
8784 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8785 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8786 {
8787 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8788 ++glyph;
8789 }
8790
8791 while (glyph < end
8792 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8793 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8794 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8795 {
8796 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8797 ++glyph;
8798 }
8799
8800 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8801 w->cursor.x = x;
8802 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8803 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8804
8805 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8806 {
8807 if (!row->continued_p
8808 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8809 && row->x == 0)
8810 {
8811 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8812
8813 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8814 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8815 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8816 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8817
8818 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8819 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8820 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8821 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8822
8823 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8824 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8825 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8826 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8827 }
8828 else
8829 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8830 }
8831 }
8832
8833
8834 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8835 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8836
8837 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8838
8839 static INLINE struct text_pos
8840 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8841 Lisp_Object window;
8842 struct text_pos startp;
8843 {
8844 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8845 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8846
8847 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8848 abort ();
8849
8850 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8851 {
8852 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8853 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8854 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8855 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8856 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8857 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8858 }
8859
8860 return startp;
8861 }
8862
8863
8864 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8865 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8866
8867 static void
8868 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8869 struct window *w;
8870 {
8871 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8872 struct glyph_row *row;
8873 int window_height;
8874
8875 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8876 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8877 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8878 return;
8879
8880 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8881 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8882
8883 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8884 to do. */
8885 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8886 return;
8887
8888 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8889 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8890 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8891 if (row->height >= window_height)
8892 return;
8893
8894 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8895 {
8896 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8897 w->vscroll = 0;
8898 w->cursor.y += dy;
8899 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8900 }
8901 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8902 {
8903 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8904 w->vscroll = dy;
8905 w->cursor.y += dy;
8906 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8907 }
8908
8909 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8910 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8911 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8912 the correct y-position. */
8913 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8914 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8915 }
8916
8917
8918 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8919 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8920 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8921 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8922 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8923
8924 Value is
8925
8926 1 if scrolling succeeded
8927
8928 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8929
8930 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8931 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8932
8933 static int
8934 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8935 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8936 Lisp_Object window;
8937 int just_this_one_p;
8938 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8939 int temp_scroll_step;
8940 {
8941 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8942 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8943 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8944 struct text_pos pos;
8945 struct text_pos startp;
8946 struct it it;
8947 Lisp_Object window_end;
8948 int this_scroll_margin;
8949 int dy = 0;
8950 int scroll_max;
8951 int rc;
8952 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8953 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8954 int height;
8955
8956 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8957 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8958 #endif
8959
8960 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8961
8962 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8963 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8964 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8965 {
8966 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8967 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8968 }
8969 else
8970 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8971
8972 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8973 into view. */
8974 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8975 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8976 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8977 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8978 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8979 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8980 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8981 there should be a variable for this. */
8982 scroll_max = 10;
8983 else
8984 scroll_max = 0;
8985 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8986
8987 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8988 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8989 margin. */
8990 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8991 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8992 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8993 if (this_scroll_margin)
8994 {
8995 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8996 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8997 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8998 }
8999
9000 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9001 {
9002 int y0;
9003 #if 0
9004 int line_height;
9005 #endif
9006
9007 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9008 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9009
9010 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9011 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9012 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9013 y0 = it.current_y;
9014 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9015 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9016 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
9017 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
9018 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
9019 : last_height);
9020 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
9021 #else
9022 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
9023 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
9024 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
9025 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
9026 added below. */
9027 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
9028 #endif
9029
9030 if (dy > scroll_max)
9031 return 0;
9032
9033 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9034 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9035 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9036 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9037
9038 if (scroll_conservatively)
9039 amount_to_scroll =
9040 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9041 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9042 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9043 else
9044 {
9045 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9046 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9047 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9048 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9049 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9050 }
9051
9052 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9053 return 0;
9054
9055 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9056 startp = it.current.pos;
9057 }
9058 else
9059 {
9060 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9061 window. */
9062 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9063 if (this_scroll_margin)
9064 {
9065 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9066 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9067 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9068 }
9069
9070 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9071 {
9072 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9073 above what is displayed in the window. */
9074 int y0;
9075
9076 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9077 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9078 scroll_max. */
9079 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9080 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9081 y0 = it.current_y;
9082 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9083 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9084 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9085 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9086 if (dy > scroll_max)
9087 return 0;
9088
9089 /* Compute new window start. */
9090 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9091
9092 if (scroll_conservatively)
9093 amount_to_scroll =
9094 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9095 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9096 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9097 else
9098 {
9099 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9100 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9101 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9102 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9103 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9104 }
9105
9106 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9107 return 0;
9108
9109 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9110 startp = it.current.pos;
9111 }
9112 }
9113
9114 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9115 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9116
9117 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9118 doesn't appear. */
9119 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9120 rc = -1;
9121 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9122 {
9123 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9124 rc = 0;
9125 }
9126 else
9127 {
9128 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9129 if (!just_this_one_p
9130 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9131 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9132 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9133
9134 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9135 lines up or down. */
9136 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9137 rc = 1;
9138 }
9139
9140 return rc;
9141 }
9142
9143
9144 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9145 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9146 was computed.
9147
9148 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9149 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9150 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9151
9152 static int
9153 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9154 struct window *w;
9155 {
9156 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9157 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9158
9159 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9160
9161 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9162 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9163 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9164 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9165 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9166 {
9167 struct it it;
9168 struct glyph_row *row;
9169
9170 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9171 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9172 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9173 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9174 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9175
9176 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9177 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9178 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9179 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9180 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9181 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9182
9183 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9184 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9185 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9186 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9187 {
9188 int min_distance, distance;
9189
9190 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9191 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9192 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9193 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9194 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9195 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9196 pos = it.current.pos;
9197 min_distance = INFINITY;
9198 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9199 distance < min_distance)
9200 {
9201 min_distance = distance;
9202 pos = it.current.pos;
9203 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9204 }
9205
9206 /* Set the window start there. */
9207 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9208 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9209 }
9210 }
9211
9212 return window_start_changed_p;
9213 }
9214
9215
9216 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9217 with window start STARTP. Value is
9218
9219 1 if successful
9220
9221 0 if this method cannot be used
9222
9223 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9224 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9225 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9226
9227 static int
9228 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9229 Lisp_Object window;
9230 struct text_pos startp;
9231 int *scroll_step;
9232 {
9233 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9234 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9235 int rc = 0;
9236
9237 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9238 not moved off the frame. */
9239 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9240 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9241 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9242 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9243 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9244 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9245 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9246 cases. */
9247 && !update_mode_lines
9248 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9249 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9250 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9251 set the cursor. */
9252 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9253 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9254 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9255 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9256 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9257 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9258 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9259 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9260 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9261 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9262 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9263 handles the same cases. */
9264 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9265 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9266 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9267 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9268 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9269 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9270 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9271 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9272 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9273 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9274 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9275 {
9276 int this_scroll_margin;
9277 struct glyph_row *row;
9278
9279 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9280 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9281 #endif
9282
9283 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9284 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9285 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9286 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9287 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9288
9289 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9290 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9291 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9292 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9293 rc = -1;
9294 else
9295 {
9296 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9297 if (row->mode_line_p)
9298 ++row;
9299 if (!row->enabled_p)
9300 rc = -1;
9301 }
9302
9303 if (rc == 0)
9304 {
9305 int scroll_p = 0;
9306 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9307
9308 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9309 {
9310 /* Point has moved forward. */
9311 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9312 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9313 {
9314 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9315 ++row;
9316 }
9317
9318 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9319 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9320 display it in the next line. */
9321 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9322 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9323 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9324 ++row;
9325
9326 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9327 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9328 the next line would be drawn, and that
9329 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9330 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9331 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9332 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9333 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9334 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9335 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9336 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9337 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9338 scroll_p = 1;
9339 }
9340 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9341 {
9342 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9343 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9344 if-statement. */
9345 while (!row->mode_line_p
9346 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9347 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9348 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9349 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9350 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9351 {
9352 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9353 --row;
9354 }
9355
9356 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9357 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9358 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9359 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9360 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9361 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9362 || row->mode_line_p)
9363 {
9364 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9365 if (row->mode_line_p)
9366 ++row;
9367 }
9368
9369 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9370 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9371 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9372 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9373 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9374 ++row;
9375
9376 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9377 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9378 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9379 scroll_p = 1;
9380 }
9381
9382 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9383 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9384 {
9385 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9386 rc = -1;
9387 }
9388 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9389 {
9390 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9391 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9392 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9393 rc = -1;
9394 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9395 {
9396 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9397 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9398 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9399 about it. */
9400 *scroll_step = 1;
9401 rc = -1;
9402 }
9403 else
9404 {
9405 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9406 try_window (window, startp);
9407 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9408 rc = 1;
9409 }
9410 }
9411 else if (scroll_p)
9412 rc = -1;
9413 else
9414 {
9415 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9416 rc = 1;
9417 }
9418 }
9419 }
9420
9421 return rc;
9422 }
9423
9424
9425 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9426 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9427
9428 static void
9429 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9430 Lisp_Object window;
9431 int just_this_one_p;
9432 {
9433 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9434 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9435 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9436 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9437 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9438 int update_mode_line;
9439 int tem;
9440 struct it it;
9441 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9442 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9443 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9444 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9445 int rc;
9446
9447 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9448 opoint = lpoint;
9449
9450 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9451 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9452 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9453 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9454 #endif
9455
9456 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9457
9458 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9459
9460 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9461 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9462 || update_mode_lines
9463 || buffer->clip_changed);
9464
9465 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9466 {
9467 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9468 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9469 {
9470 if (update_mode_line)
9471 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9472 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9473 goto finish_menu_bars;
9474 else
9475 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9476 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9477 }
9478 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9479 {
9480 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9481 active one, so clear it. */
9482 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9483 struct glyph_row *row;
9484 int y;
9485
9486 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9487 y < yb;
9488 y += row->height, ++row)
9489 blank_row (w, row, y);
9490 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9491 }
9492 }
9493
9494 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9495 value. */
9496 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9497 variables. */
9498 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9499 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9500
9501 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9502 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9503 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9504 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9505 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9506
9507 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9508 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9509 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9510 {
9511 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9512 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9513 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9514 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9515
9516 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9517 }
9518
9519 /* Some sanity checks. */
9520 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9521 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9522 abort ();
9523 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9524 abort ();
9525
9526 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9527 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9528 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9529 where no change is needed. */
9530 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9531 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9532 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9533 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9534 update_mode_line = 1;
9535
9536 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9537 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9538 if (!just_this_one_p)
9539 {
9540 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9541 current_base = current_buffer;
9542 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9543 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9544 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9545 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9546 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9547 if (current_base == window_base)
9548 buffer_shared++;
9549 }
9550
9551 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9552 window, set up appropriate value. */
9553 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9554 {
9555 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9556 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9557 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9558 {
9559 new_pt = BEGV;
9560 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9561 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9562 }
9563 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9564 {
9565 new_pt = ZV;
9566 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9567 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9568 }
9569
9570 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9571 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9572 }
9573
9574 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9575 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9576 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9577 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9578 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9579 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9580 {
9581 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9582
9583 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9584 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9585 {
9586 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9587 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9588 BEG, Z);
9589 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9590 }
9591 }
9592
9593 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9594 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9595 goto recenter;
9596
9597 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9598
9599 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9600 check whether it can be used. */
9601 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9602 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9603 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9604 {
9605 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9606 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9607 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9608 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9609 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9610 w->force_start = Qt;
9611 }
9612
9613 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9614 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9615 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9616 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9617 {
9618 w->force_start = Qnil;
9619 w->vscroll = 0;
9620 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9621
9622 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9623 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9624 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9625 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9626
9627 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9628 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9629 because we have scrolled. */
9630 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9631 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9632 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9633 and having them get more errors. */
9634 if (!update_mode_line
9635 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9636 {
9637 update_mode_line = 1;
9638 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9639 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9640 }
9641
9642 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9643 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9644 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9645 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9646 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9647 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9648
9649 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9650 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9651 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9652 {
9653 w->force_start = Qt;
9654 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9655 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9656 }
9657
9658 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9659 {
9660 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9661 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9662 can use it here. */
9663 int window_height;
9664 struct glyph_row *row;
9665
9666 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9667 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9668 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9669 ++row;
9670
9671 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9672 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9673
9674 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9675 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9676 else if (current_buffer == old)
9677 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9678
9679 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9680
9681 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9682 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9683 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9684 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9685 {
9686 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9687 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9688 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9689 }
9690 }
9691
9692 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9693 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9694 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9695 #endif
9696 goto done;
9697 }
9698
9699 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9700 not moved off the frame. */
9701 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9702 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9703 rc != 0))
9704 {
9705 if (rc == -1)
9706 goto try_to_scroll;
9707 else
9708 goto done;
9709 }
9710 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9711 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9712 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9713 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9714 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9715 {
9716 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9717 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9718 #endif
9719 goto recenter;
9720 }
9721
9722 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9723 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9724 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9725 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9726 be full width. */
9727 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9728 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9729 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9730 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9731 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9732 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9733 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9734 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9735 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9736 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9737 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9738 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9739 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9740 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9741 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9742 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9743 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9744 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9745 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9746 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9747 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9748 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9749 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9750 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9751 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9752 {
9753 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9754 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9755 #endif
9756
9757 if (fonts_changed_p)
9758 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9759 if (tem > 0)
9760 goto done;
9761
9762 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9763 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9764 }
9765 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9766 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9767 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9768 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9769 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9770 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9771 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9772 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9773 {
9774 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9775 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9776 #endif
9777
9778 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9779 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9780 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9781 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9782 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9783 buffer. */
9784 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9785 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9786 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9787 {
9788 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9789 try_window (window, startp);
9790 }
9791
9792 if (fonts_changed_p)
9793 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9794
9795 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9796 {
9797 if (!just_this_one_p
9798 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9799 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9800 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9801 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9802
9803 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9804 goto done;
9805 }
9806 else
9807 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9808 }
9809
9810 try_to_scroll:
9811
9812 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9813 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9814
9815 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9816 if (!update_mode_line)
9817 {
9818 update_mode_line = 1;
9819 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9820 }
9821
9822 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9823 if ((scroll_conservatively
9824 || scroll_step
9825 || temp_scroll_step
9826 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9827 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9828 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9829 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9830 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9831 {
9832 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9833 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9834 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9835 scroll_conservatively,
9836 scroll_step,
9837 temp_scroll_step);
9838 if (rc > 0)
9839 goto done;
9840 else if (rc < 0)
9841 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9842 }
9843
9844 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9845
9846 recenter:
9847
9848 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9849 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9850 #endif
9851
9852 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9853
9854 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9855 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9856 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9857 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9858
9859 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9860 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9861 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9862 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9863 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9864
9865 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9866 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9867 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9868 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9869 containing PT in this case. */
9870 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9871 {
9872 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9873 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9874 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9875 it.current_y = 0;
9876 }
9877
9878 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9879
9880 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9881 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9882 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9883
9884 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9885 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9886
9887 /* Redisplay the window. */
9888 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9889 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9890 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9891 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9892 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9893 || !just_this_one_p
9894 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9895 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9896 try_window (window, startp);
9897
9898 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9899 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9900 matrices. */
9901 if (fonts_changed_p)
9902 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9903
9904 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9905 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9906 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9907 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9908 line.) */
9909 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9910 {
9911 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9912 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9913 {
9914 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9915 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9916 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9917 }
9918 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9919 {
9920 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9921 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9922 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9923 }
9924 else
9925 {
9926 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9927 }
9928 }
9929
9930 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9931 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9932 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9933 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9934 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9935 {
9936 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9937 if (row->mode_line_p)
9938 ++row;
9939 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9940 }
9941
9942 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9943
9944 done:
9945
9946 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9947 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9948 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9949 ? Qt : Qnil);
9950
9951 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9952 if ((update_mode_line
9953 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9954 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9955 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9956 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9957 || (!just_this_one_p
9958 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9959 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9960 /* Line number to display. */
9961 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9962 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9963 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9964 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9965 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9966 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9967 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9968 {
9969 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9970
9971 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9972
9973 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9974 display_mode_lines (w);
9975 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9976
9977 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9978 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9979 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9980 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9981 {
9982 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9983 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9984 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9985 }
9986
9987 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9988 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9989 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9990 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9991 {
9992 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9993 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9994 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9995 }
9996
9997 if (fonts_changed_p)
9998 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9999 }
10000
10001 if (!line_number_displayed
10002 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10003 {
10004 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10005 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10006 }
10007
10008 finish_menu_bars:
10009
10010 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10011 if (update_mode_line
10012 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10013 {
10014 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10015
10016 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10017 {
10018 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
10019 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10020 #else
10021 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10022 #endif
10023 }
10024 else
10025 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10026
10027 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10028 display_menu_bar (w);
10029
10030 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10031 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10032 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10033 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10034 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10035 #endif
10036 }
10037
10038 finish_scroll_bars:
10039
10040 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10041 {
10042 int start, end, whole;
10043
10044 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10045 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10046 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10047 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10048 visible region.
10049
10050 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10051 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10052 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10053 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10054 {
10055 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10056 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10057 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10058 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10059 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10060
10061 if (end < start)
10062 end = start;
10063 if (whole < (end - start))
10064 whole = end - start;
10065 }
10066 else
10067 start = end = whole = 0;
10068
10069 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10070 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10071
10072 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10073 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10074 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10075 }
10076
10077 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10078 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10079 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10080 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10081
10082 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10083 }
10084
10085
10086 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10087 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10088 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10089 glyph matrices necessary. */
10090
10091 int
10092 try_window (window, pos)
10093 Lisp_Object window;
10094 struct text_pos pos;
10095 {
10096 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10097 struct it it;
10098 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10099
10100 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10101 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10102
10103 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10104 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10105 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10106
10107 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10108 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10109
10110 /* Display all lines of W. */
10111 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10112 {
10113 if (display_line (&it))
10114 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10115 if (fonts_changed_p)
10116 return 0;
10117 }
10118
10119 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10120 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10121 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10122 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10123
10124 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10125 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10126 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10127 if (last_text_row)
10128 {
10129 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10130 w->window_end_bytepos
10131 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10132 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10133 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10134 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10135 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10136 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10137 ->displays_text_p);
10138 }
10139 else
10140 {
10141 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10142 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10143 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10144 }
10145
10146 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10147 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10148 return 1;
10149 }
10150
10151
10152 \f
10153 /************************************************************************
10154 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10155 ************************************************************************/
10156
10157 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10158 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10159 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10160 W->start is the new window start. */
10161
10162 static int
10163 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10164 struct window *w;
10165 {
10166 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10167 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10168 struct it it;
10169 struct run run;
10170 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10171 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10172 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10173 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10174 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10175 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10176
10177 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10178 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10179 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10180 or such. */
10181 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10182 return 0;
10183
10184 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10185 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10186 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10187 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10188 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10189 return 0;
10190
10191 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10192 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10193 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10194 return 0;
10195
10196 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10197 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10198 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10199 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10200 return 0;
10201
10202 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10203 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10204 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10205 start = start_row->start.pos;
10206 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10207
10208 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10209 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10210
10211 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10212 {
10213 int first_row_y;
10214
10215 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10216
10217 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10218 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10219 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10220 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10221 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10222 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10223 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10224 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10225
10226 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10227 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10228 && !fonts_changed_p)
10229 if (display_line (&it))
10230 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10231
10232 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10233 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10234 have at least one reusable row. */
10235 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10236 {
10237 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10238 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10239
10240 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10241 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10242 {
10243 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10244
10245 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10246 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10247 {
10248 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10249 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10250 {
10251 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10252 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10253 break;
10254 }
10255
10256 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10257 break;
10258
10259 ++row;
10260 }
10261
10262 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10263 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10264 itself. */
10265 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10266 {
10267 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10268 return 0;
10269 }
10270 }
10271
10272 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10273 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10274 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10275 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10276 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10277 in. */
10278 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10279 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10280 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10281
10282 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10283 {
10284 update_begin (f);
10285 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10286 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10287 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10288 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10289 update_end (f);
10290 }
10291
10292 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10293 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10294 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10295 start_vpos,
10296 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10297 nrows_scrolled);
10298
10299 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10300 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10301 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10302
10303 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10304 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10305 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10306 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10307 row < bottom_row;
10308 ++row)
10309 {
10310 row->y = it.current_y;
10311
10312 if (row->y < min_y)
10313 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10314 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10315 row->visible_height
10316 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10317 else
10318 row->visible_height = row->height;
10319
10320 it.current_y += row->height;
10321
10322 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10323 last_reused_text_row = row;
10324 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10325 break;
10326 }
10327
10328 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10329 below the window. */
10330 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10331 row->enabled_p = 0;
10332 }
10333
10334 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10335 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10336 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10337 containing text. */
10338 if (last_reused_text_row)
10339 {
10340 w->window_end_bytepos
10341 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10342 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10343 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10344 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10345 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10346 w->current_matrix));
10347 }
10348 else if (last_text_row)
10349 {
10350 w->window_end_bytepos
10351 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10352 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10353 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10354 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10355 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10356 }
10357 else
10358 {
10359 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10360 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10361 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10362 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10363 }
10364 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10365
10366 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10367 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10368
10369 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10370 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10371 #endif
10372 return 1;
10373 }
10374 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10375 {
10376 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10377 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10378 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10379 int dy;
10380 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10381
10382 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10383
10384 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10385 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10386 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10387 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10388 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10389 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10390 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10391 ++first_reusable_row;
10392
10393 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10394 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10395 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10396 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10397 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10398 return 0;
10399
10400 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10401 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10402 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10403 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10404 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10405 pt_row = NULL;
10406 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10407 {
10408 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10409 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10410 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10411
10412 ++first_row_to_display;
10413 }
10414
10415 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10416 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10417 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10418 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10419 - start_vpos);
10420 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10421 - nrows_scrolled);
10422 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10423 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10424
10425 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10426 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10427 that displays text. */
10428 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10429 if (pt_row == NULL)
10430 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10431 last_text_row = NULL;
10432 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10433 if (display_line (&it))
10434 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10435
10436 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10437 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10438 {
10439 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10440 return 0;
10441 }
10442
10443 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10444 position. */
10445 if (pt_row)
10446 {
10447 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10448 w->current_matrix);
10449 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10450 }
10451
10452 /* Scroll the display. */
10453 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10454 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10455 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10456 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10457
10458 if (run.height)
10459 {
10460 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10461 update_begin (f);
10462 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10463 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10464 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10465 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10466 update_end (f);
10467 }
10468
10469 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10470 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10471 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10472 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10473 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10474 {
10475 row->y -= dy;
10476 if (row->y < min_y)
10477 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10478 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10479 row->visible_height
10480 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10481 else
10482 row->visible_height = row->height;
10483 }
10484
10485 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10486 while (row < bottom_row)
10487 {
10488 row->enabled_p = 0;
10489 ++row;
10490 }
10491
10492 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10493 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10494 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10495 start_vpos,
10496 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10497 -nrows_scrolled);
10498
10499 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10500 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10501 only its vpos can have changed. */
10502 if (last_text_row)
10503 {
10504 w->window_end_bytepos
10505 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10506 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10507 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10508 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10509 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10510 }
10511 else
10512 {
10513 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10514 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10515 }
10516
10517 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10518 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10519
10520 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10521 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10522 #endif
10523 return 1;
10524 }
10525
10526 return 0;
10527 }
10528
10529
10530 \f
10531 /************************************************************************
10532 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10533 ************************************************************************/
10534
10535 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10536 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10537 int *, int *));
10538 static struct glyph_row *
10539 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10540 struct glyph_row *));
10541
10542
10543 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10544 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10545 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10546 a pointer to the row found. */
10547
10548 static struct glyph_row *
10549 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10550 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10551 struct it *it;
10552 struct glyph_row *start;
10553 {
10554 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10555
10556 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10557 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10558 visible lines. */
10559 row_found = NULL;
10560 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10561 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10562 {
10563 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10564 row_found = row;
10565 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10566 break;
10567 ++row;
10568 }
10569
10570 return row_found;
10571 }
10572
10573
10574 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10575 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10576 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10577
10578 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10579 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10580 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10581 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10582 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10583 was built. */
10584
10585 static struct glyph_row *
10586 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10587 struct window *w;
10588 {
10589 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10590 struct glyph_row *row;
10591 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10592 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10593
10594 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10595 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10596 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10597 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10598 {
10599 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10600 except in some case. */
10601 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10602 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10603 unchanged. */
10604 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10605 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10606 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10607 continued. */
10608 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10609 && row->continued_p))
10610 row_found = row;
10611
10612 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10613 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10614 break;
10615
10616 ++row;
10617 }
10618
10619 return row_found;
10620 }
10621
10622
10623 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10624 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10625 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10626 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10627 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10628 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10629 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10630
10631 static struct glyph_row *
10632 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10633 struct window *w;
10634 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10635 {
10636 struct glyph_row *row;
10637 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10638
10639 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10640
10641 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10642 is not up to date. */
10643 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10644 abort ();
10645
10646 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10647 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10648 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10649 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10650 return NULL;
10651
10652 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10653 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10654
10655 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10656 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10657 {
10658 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10659 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10660 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10661 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10662 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10663 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10664 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10665 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10666 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10667 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10668
10669 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10670 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10671
10672 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10673 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10674 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10675 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10676 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10677 position. */
10678 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10679 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10680
10681 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10682 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10683 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10684 {
10685 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10686 abort ();
10687
10688 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10689 row_found = row;
10690 }
10691 }
10692
10693 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10694 abort ();
10695
10696 return row_found;
10697 }
10698
10699
10700 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10701 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10702 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10703 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10704 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10705
10706 static void
10707 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10708 struct window *w;
10709 {
10710 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10711 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10712
10713 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10714 must have a frame matrix. */
10715 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10716 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10717 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10718
10719 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10720 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10721 corresponding frame matrix. */
10722 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10723 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10724 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10725 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10726 {
10727 int area;
10728
10729 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10730 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10731
10732 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10733 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10734 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10735 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10736
10737 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10738 }
10739 }
10740
10741
10742 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10743 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10744 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10745 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10746
10747 static struct glyph_row *
10748 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10749 struct window *w;
10750 int charpos;
10751 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10752 {
10753 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10754 int last_y;
10755
10756 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10757 if (row->mode_line_p)
10758 ++row;
10759
10760 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10761 return NULL;
10762
10763 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10764
10765 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10766 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10767 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10768 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10769 would rather display it in the next line, except
10770 when this line ends in ZV. */
10771 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10772 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10773 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10774 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10775 ++row;
10776
10777 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10778 if ((end && row >= end)
10779 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10780 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10781 row = NULL;
10782
10783 return row;
10784 }
10785
10786
10787 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10788 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10789 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10790
10791 Value is
10792
10793 1 if display has been updated
10794 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10795 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10796
10797 The following steps are performed:
10798
10799 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10800 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10801 is found, give up.
10802
10803 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10804 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10805
10806 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10807 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10808 the window.
10809
10810 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10811
10812 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10813 display and current matrix as needed.
10814
10815 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10816 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10817 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10818 in smaller font sizes.
10819
10820 7. Update W's window end information. */
10821
10822 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10823
10824 static int
10825 try_window_id (w)
10826 struct window *w;
10827 {
10828 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10829 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10830 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10831 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10832 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10833 struct glyph_row *row;
10834 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10835 int bottom_vpos;
10836 struct it it;
10837 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10838 struct text_pos start_pos;
10839 struct run run;
10840 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10841 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10842 struct text_pos start;
10843
10844 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10845
10846 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10847 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10848 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10849 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10850 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10851
10852 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10853 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10854 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10855 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10856 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10857 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10858 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10859 {
10860 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10861 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10862 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10863 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10864 }
10865
10866 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10867 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10868 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10869 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10870 be adjusted, of course. */
10871 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10872 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10873 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10874 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10875 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10876 {
10877 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10878 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10879
10880 if (delta)
10881 {
10882 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10883 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10884
10885 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10886 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10887 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10888 delta, delta_bytes);
10889 }
10890
10891 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10892 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10893 changed. */
10894 w->window_end_pos
10895 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10896 w->window_end_bytepos
10897 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10898 #endif
10899
10900 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10901 if (row == NULL)
10902 return 0;
10903
10904 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10905 return 1;
10906 }
10907
10908 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10909 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10910 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10911 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10912 {
10913 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10914 size has changed. */
10915 w->window_end_pos
10916 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10917 w->window_end_bytepos
10918 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10919
10920 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10921 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10922 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10923 return 2;
10924 }
10925
10926 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10927 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10928 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10929 comparable. */
10930 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10931 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10932 return 0;
10933
10934 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10935 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10936 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10937 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10938 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10939 first line of window. */
10940 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10941 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10942 {
10943 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10944 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10945 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10946 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10947 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10948 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10949 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10950
10951 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10952 return 0;
10953
10954 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10955 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10956
10957 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10958 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10959 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10960 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10961 current_matrix);
10962 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10963 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10964
10965 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10966 }
10967 else
10968 {
10969 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10970 Start displaying in the first line. */
10971 start_display (&it, w, start);
10972 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10973 }
10974
10975 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10976 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10977 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10978 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10979 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10980 changes. */
10981 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10982 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10983 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10984 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10985
10986 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10987 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10988 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10989 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10990 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10991 stop_pos = 0;
10992 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10993 {
10994 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10995 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10996
10997 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10998 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10999 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
11000 not displaying text. */
11001 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11002 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11003 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11004 < it.last_visible_y))
11005 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11006
11007 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11008 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11009 >= it.last_visible_y))
11010 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11011 else
11012 {
11013 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11014 + delta);
11015 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11016 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11017 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11018 }
11019 }
11020 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11021 return 0;
11022
11023
11024 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11025
11026 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11027 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11028 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11029 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11030 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11031
11032 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11033 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11034 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11035 : -1);
11036 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11037
11038 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11039
11040
11041 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11042 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11043 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11044 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11045 last_text_row = NULL;
11046 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11047 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11048 && !fonts_changed_p
11049 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11050 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11051 {
11052 if (display_line (&it))
11053 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11054 }
11055
11056 if (fonts_changed_p)
11057 return -1;
11058
11059
11060 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11061 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11062 scroll. */
11063 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11064 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11065 bottom of the window. */
11066 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11067 {
11068 dvpos = (it.vpos
11069 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11070 current_matrix));
11071 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11072 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11073 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11074 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11075 }
11076 else
11077 {
11078 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11079 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11080 }
11081 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11082
11083
11084 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11085 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11086 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11087 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11088 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11089 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11090 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11091 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11092 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11093 {
11094 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11095 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11096 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11097 {
11098 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11099 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11100 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11101 if (row)
11102 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11103 }
11104
11105 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11106 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11107 {
11108 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11109 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11110 if (row)
11111 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11112 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11113 }
11114
11115 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11116 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11117 {
11118 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11119 return -1;
11120 }
11121 }
11122
11123 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11124 {
11125 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11126
11127 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11128 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11129 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11130 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11131 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11132
11133 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11134 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11135 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11136 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11137 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11138 {
11139 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11140 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11141 return -1;
11142 }
11143 }
11144
11145 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11146 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11147 found. */
11148 if (dy && run.height)
11149 {
11150 update_begin (f);
11151
11152 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11153 {
11154 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11155 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11156 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11157 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11158 }
11159 else
11160 {
11161 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11162 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11163 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11164 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11165 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11166 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11167
11168 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11169 if (dvpos > 0)
11170 {
11171 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11172 window down dvpos lines. */
11173 set_terminal_window (end);
11174
11175 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11176 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11177 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11178 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11179
11180 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11181 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11182 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11183 }
11184 else if (dvpos < 0)
11185 {
11186 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11187 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11188 set_terminal_window (end);
11189
11190 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11191 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11192 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11193 line sequences. */
11194 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11195
11196 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11197 end. */
11198 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11199 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11200 }
11201
11202 set_terminal_window (0);
11203 }
11204
11205 update_end (f);
11206 }
11207
11208 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11209 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11210 text. */
11211 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11212 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11213 if (dvpos < 0)
11214 {
11215 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11216 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11217 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11218 bottom_vpos, 0);
11219 }
11220 else if (dvpos > 0)
11221 {
11222 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11223 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11224 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11225 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11226 }
11227
11228 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11229 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11230 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11231 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11232
11233 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11234 if (delta)
11235 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11236 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11237 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11238
11239 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11240 if (dy)
11241 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11242 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11243 bottom_vpos, dy);
11244
11245 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11246 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11247
11248 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11249 the window. */
11250 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11251 if (dy < 0)
11252 {
11253 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11254 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11255 the matrix by dvpos. */
11256 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11257 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11258
11259 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11260 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11261
11262 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11263 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11264 line following it. */
11265 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11266 {
11267 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11268 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11269 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11270 }
11271 else
11272 {
11273 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11274 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11275 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11276 ++last_row;
11277 }
11278
11279 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11280 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11281 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11282 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11283
11284 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11285 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11286 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11287 && !fonts_changed_p)
11288 {
11289 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11290 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11291 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11292 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11293 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11294 if (display_line (&it))
11295 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11296 }
11297 }
11298
11299 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11300 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11301 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11302 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11303 {
11304 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11305 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11306 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11307 scrolling. */
11308 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11309 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11310 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11311 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11312
11313 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11314 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11315 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11316 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11317 }
11318 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11319 {
11320 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11321 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11322 w->window_end_bytepos
11323 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11324 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11325 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11326 }
11327 else if (last_text_row)
11328 {
11329 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11330 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11331 in the desired matrix. */
11332 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11333 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11334 w->window_end_bytepos
11335 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11336 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11337 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11338 }
11339 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11340 && last_text_row == NULL
11341 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11342 {
11343 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11344 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11345 int vpos;
11346 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11347
11348 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11349 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11350 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11351 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11352 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11353 break;
11354
11355 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11356 }
11357 else
11358 abort ();
11359
11360 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11361 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11362
11363 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11364 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11365 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11366 return 3;
11367 }
11368
11369
11370 \f
11371 /***********************************************************************
11372 More debugging support
11373 ***********************************************************************/
11374
11375 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11376
11377 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11378 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11379
11380
11381 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11382
11383 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11384 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11385 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11386
11387 void
11388 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11389 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11390 int glyphs;
11391 {
11392 int i;
11393 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11394 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11395 }
11396
11397
11398 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11399 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11400 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11401 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11402
11403 void
11404 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11405 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11406 int vpos, glyphs;
11407 {
11408 struct glyph_row *row;
11409
11410 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11411 return;
11412
11413 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11414
11415 if (glyphs != 1)
11416 {
11417 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
11418 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11419
11420 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11421 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11422 row - matrix->rows,
11423 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11424 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11425 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11426 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11427 row->enabled_p,
11428 row->inverse_p,
11429 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11430 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11431 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11432 row->continued_p,
11433 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11434 row->displays_text_p,
11435 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11436 row->fill_line_p,
11437 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11438 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11439 row->mouse_face_p,
11440 row->x,
11441 row->y,
11442 row->pixel_width,
11443 row->height,
11444 row->visible_height,
11445 row->ascent,
11446 row->phys_ascent);
11447 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11448 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11449 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11450 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11451 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11452 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11453 row->end.dpvec_index);
11454 }
11455
11456 if (glyphs > 1)
11457 {
11458 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11459 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11460
11461 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11462 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11463
11464 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11465 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11466 ++glyph_end;
11467
11468 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11469 {
11470 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11471 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11472 }
11473 else
11474 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11475
11476 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11477 {
11478 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11479 {
11480 fprintf (stderr,
11481 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11482 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11483 'C',
11484 glyph->charpos,
11485 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11486 ? 'B'
11487 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11488 ? 'S'
11489 : '-')),
11490 glyph->pixel_width,
11491 glyph->u.ch,
11492 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11493 ? glyph->u.ch
11494 : '.'),
11495 glyph->face_id,
11496 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11497 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11498 }
11499 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11500 {
11501 fprintf (stderr,
11502 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11503 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11504 'S',
11505 glyph->charpos,
11506 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11507 ? 'B'
11508 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11509 ? 'S'
11510 : '-')),
11511 glyph->pixel_width,
11512 0,
11513 '.',
11514 glyph->face_id,
11515 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11516 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11517 }
11518 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11519 {
11520 fprintf (stderr,
11521 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11522 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11523 'I',
11524 glyph->charpos,
11525 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11526 ? 'B'
11527 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11528 ? 'S'
11529 : '-')),
11530 glyph->pixel_width,
11531 glyph->u.img_id,
11532 '.',
11533 glyph->face_id,
11534 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11535 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11536 }
11537 ++glyph;
11538 }
11539 }
11540 else if (glyphs == 1)
11541 {
11542 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11543 int i;
11544
11545 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11546 {
11547 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11548 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11549 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11550 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11551 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11552 else
11553 s[i] = '.';
11554 }
11555
11556 s[i] = '\0';
11557 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11558 }
11559 }
11560
11561
11562 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11563 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11564 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11565 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11566 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11567 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11568 (glyphs)
11569 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11570 {
11571 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11572 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11573
11574 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11575 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11576 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11577 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11578 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11579 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11580 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11581 return Qnil;
11582 }
11583
11584
11585 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11586 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11587 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11588 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11589 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11590 (row, glyphs)
11591 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11592 {
11593 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11594 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11595 XINT (row),
11596 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11597 return Qnil;
11598 }
11599
11600
11601 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
11602 "Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.\n\
11603 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11604 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11605 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11606 (row, glyphs)
11607 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11608 {
11609 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11610 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
11611 dump_glyph_row (m, XINT (row), INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11612 return Qnil;
11613 }
11614
11615
11616 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11617 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11618 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11619 ()
11620 {
11621 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11622 return Qnil;
11623 }
11624
11625
11626 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11627 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11628 (string)
11629 Lisp_Object string;
11630 {
11631 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11632 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11633 return Qnil;
11634 }
11635
11636 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11637
11638
11639 \f
11640 /***********************************************************************
11641 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11642 ***********************************************************************/
11643
11644 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11645 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11646
11647 static struct glyph_row *
11648 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11649 struct window *w;
11650 {
11651 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11652 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11653 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11654 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11655 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11656 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11657 unsigned char *p;
11658 struct it it;
11659 int multibyte_p;
11660 int n_glyphs_before;
11661
11662 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11663 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11664 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11665 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11666
11667 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11668 p = arrow_string;
11669 while (p < arrow_end)
11670 {
11671 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11672
11673 /* Get the next character. */
11674 if (multibyte_p)
11675 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11676 else
11677 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11678 p += it.len;
11679
11680 /* Get its face. */
11681 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11682 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11683 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11684
11685 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11686 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11687 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11688 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11689
11690 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11691 to remove some glyphs. */
11692 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11693 {
11694 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11695 break;
11696 }
11697 }
11698
11699 set_buffer_temp (old);
11700 return it.glyph_row;
11701 }
11702
11703
11704 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11705 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11706 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11707 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11708 produce_special_glyphs. */
11709
11710 static void
11711 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11712 struct it *it;
11713 {
11714 struct it truncate_it;
11715 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11716
11717 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11718
11719 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11720 truncate_it = *it;
11721 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11722 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11723 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11724 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11725 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11726 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11727 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11728
11729 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11730 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11731 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11732 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11733 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11734
11735 while (from < end)
11736 *to++ = *from++;
11737
11738 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
11739 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
11740 {
11741 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11742 while (from < end)
11743 *to++ = *from++;
11744 }
11745
11746 if (to > toend)
11747 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11748 }
11749
11750
11751 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11752
11753 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11754 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11755 structure. This is not the case if
11756
11757 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11758 and max_height will be zero.
11759
11760 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11761 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11762 pixmap extensions).
11763
11764 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11765 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11766 must not be zero. */
11767
11768 static void
11769 compute_line_metrics (it)
11770 struct it *it;
11771 {
11772 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11773 int area, i;
11774
11775 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11776 {
11777 int i, header_line_height;
11778
11779 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11780 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11781 computed yet. */
11782 if (row->height == 0)
11783 {
11784 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11785 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11786 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11787 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11788 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11789 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11790 }
11791
11792 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11793 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11794 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11795 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11796
11797 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11798 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11799
11800 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11801 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11802
11803 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11804 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11805 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11806 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11807 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11808 {
11809 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11810 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11811 }
11812
11813 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11814 row->visible_height = row->height;
11815
11816 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11817 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11818 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11819 else
11820 {
11821 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11822 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11823 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11824 }
11825 }
11826 else
11827 {
11828 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11829 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11830 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11831 }
11832
11833 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11834 row->hash = 0;
11835 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11836 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11837 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11838 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11839 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11840 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11841 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11842
11843 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11844 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11845 }
11846
11847
11848 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11849 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11850 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11851 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11852
11853 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11854 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11855 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11856 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11857
11858 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11859 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11860
11861 static int
11862 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11863 struct it *it;
11864 int default_face_p;
11865 {
11866 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11867 {
11868 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11869
11870 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11871 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11872 {
11873 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11874 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11875 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11876 append_space has been called. */
11877 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11878 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11879 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11880 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11881 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11882 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11883 struct face *face;
11884
11885 saved_object = it->object;
11886 saved_pos = it->position;
11887
11888 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11889 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11890 it->object = make_number (0);
11891 it->c = ' ';
11892 it->len = 1;
11893
11894 if (default_face_p)
11895 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11896 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11897 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11898 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11899 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11900
11901 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11902
11903 it->current_x = saved_x;
11904 it->object = saved_object;
11905 it->position = saved_pos;
11906 it->what = saved_what;
11907 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11908 it->len = saved_len;
11909 it->c = saved_c;
11910 return 1;
11911 }
11912 }
11913
11914 return 0;
11915 }
11916
11917
11918 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11919 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11920 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11921 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11922
11923 static void
11924 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11925 struct it *it;
11926 {
11927 struct face *face;
11928 struct frame *f = it->f;
11929
11930 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11931 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11932 return;
11933
11934 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11935 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11936 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11937 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11938 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11939 else
11940 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11941
11942 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11943 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11944 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11945 && !face->stipple)
11946 return;
11947
11948 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11949 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11950 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11951
11952 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11953 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11954 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11955 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11956 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11957 {
11958 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11959 }
11960
11961 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11962 {
11963 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11964 so that we know which face to draw. */
11965 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11966 {
11967 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11968 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11969 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11970 }
11971 }
11972 else
11973 {
11974 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11975 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11976 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11977 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11978 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11979 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11980
11981 saved_object = it->object;
11982 saved_pos = it->position;
11983
11984 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11985 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11986 it->object = make_number (0);
11987 it->c = ' ';
11988 it->len = 1;
11989 it->face_id = face->id;
11990
11991 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11992
11993 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11994 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11995
11996 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11997 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11998 it->current_x = saved_x;
11999 it->object = saved_object;
12000 it->position = saved_pos;
12001 it->what = saved_what;
12002 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12003 }
12004 }
12005
12006
12007 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12008 trailing whitespace. */
12009
12010 static int
12011 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12012 int charpos;
12013 {
12014 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12015 int c = 0;
12016
12017 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12018 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12019 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12020 ++bytepos;
12021
12022 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12023 {
12024 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12025 return 1;
12026 }
12027 return 0;
12028 }
12029
12030
12031 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12032
12033 void
12034 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12035 struct frame *f;
12036 struct glyph_row *row;
12037 {
12038 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12039
12040 if (used)
12041 {
12042 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12043 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12044
12045 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
12046 cursor at the end of a line. */
12047 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12048 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
12049 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12050 --glyph;
12051
12052 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12053 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12054 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12055 if (glyph >= start
12056 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12057 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12058 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12059 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12060 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12061 {
12062 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12063
12064 while (glyph >= start
12065 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12066 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12067 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12068 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12069 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12070 }
12071 }
12072 }
12073
12074
12075 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12076 used to hold the cursor. */
12077
12078 static int
12079 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12080 struct window *w;
12081 struct glyph_row *row;
12082 {
12083 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12084
12085 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12086 {
12087 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12088 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12089 newline). */
12090 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12091 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12092 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12093
12094 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12095 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12096 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12097 cursor_row_p = 1;
12098 else
12099 cursor_row_p = 0;
12100 }
12101
12102 return cursor_row_p;
12103 }
12104
12105
12106 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12107 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12108 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12109 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12110 only. */
12111
12112 static int
12113 display_line (it)
12114 struct it *it;
12115 {
12116 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12117
12118 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12119 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12120
12121 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12122 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12123 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12124
12125 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12126 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12127
12128 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12129 prepare_desired_row (row);
12130
12131 row->y = it->current_y;
12132 row->start = it->current;
12133 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12134 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12135 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12136 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12137
12138 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12139 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12140 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12141 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12142 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12143 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12144
12145 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12146 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12147 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12148 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12149 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12150 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12151
12152 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12153 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12154 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12155 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12156 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12157 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12158
12159 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12160 character to display. */
12161 while (1)
12162 {
12163 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12164 int x, i, nglyphs;
12165 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12166
12167 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12168 buffer reached. */
12169 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12170 {
12171 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12172 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12173 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12174 to -1. */
12175 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12176 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12177 {
12178 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12179 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12180
12181 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12182 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12183 }
12184
12185 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12186 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12187 break;
12188 }
12189
12190 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12191 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12192 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12193 x = it->current_x;
12194
12195 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12196 fit on the line. */
12197 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12198 {
12199 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12200 descent = it->max_descent;
12201 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12202 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12203 }
12204
12205 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12206
12207 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12208 the next one. */
12209 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12210 {
12211 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12212 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12213 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12214 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12215 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12216 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12217 continue;
12218 }
12219
12220 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12221 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12222 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12223 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12224 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12225 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12226 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12227 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12228 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12229 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12230 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12231 x_before = x;
12232
12233 if (it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12234 {
12235 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
12236 it->hpos += nglyphs;
12237 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12238 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12239 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12240 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12241 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12242 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12243 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12244 }
12245 else
12246 {
12247 int new_x;
12248 struct glyph *glyph;
12249
12250 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12251 {
12252 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12253 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12254
12255 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12256 !it->truncate_lines_p
12257 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12258 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12259 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12260 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12261 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12262 {
12263 /* End of a continued line. */
12264
12265 if (it->hpos == 0
12266 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12267 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12268 {
12269 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12270 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12271 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12272 after the glyph. */
12273 row->continued_p = 1;
12274 it->current_x = new_x;
12275 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12276 ++it->hpos;
12277 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12278 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12279 }
12280 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12281 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12282 {
12283 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12284 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12285 on the line. */
12286 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12287
12288 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12289 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12290 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12291 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12292 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12293
12294 row->continued_p = 1;
12295 it->current_x = x_before;
12296 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12297
12298 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12299 element not fitting on the line. */
12300 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12301 it->max_descent = descent;
12302 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12303 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12304 }
12305 else
12306 {
12307 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12308 the window. Restore positions to values
12309 before the element. The next line starts
12310 with current_x before the glyph that could
12311 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12312 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12313
12314 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12315 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12316 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12317 row->continued_p = 1;
12318
12319 it->current_x = x;
12320 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12321 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12322 {
12323 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12324 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12325 }
12326
12327 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12328 element not fitting on the line. */
12329 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12330 it->max_descent = descent;
12331 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12332 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12333 }
12334
12335 break;
12336 }
12337 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12338 {
12339 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12340 ++it->hpos;
12341
12342 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12343 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12344 negative X position. */
12345 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12346 }
12347 else
12348 {
12349 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12350 window. This should not happen because of the
12351 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12352 this function. */
12353 abort ();
12354 }
12355 }
12356
12357 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12358 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12359 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12360 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12361 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12362
12363 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12364 if (row->continued_p)
12365 break;
12366 }
12367
12368 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12369 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12370 margin of the window. */
12371 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12372 {
12373 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12374
12375 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12376 display the cursor there. */
12377 append_space (it, 0);
12378
12379 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12380 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12381
12382 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12383 if (used_before == 0)
12384 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12385
12386 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12387 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12388 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12389 break;
12390 }
12391
12392 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12393 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12394 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12395
12396 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12397 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12398 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12399 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12400 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12401 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12402 {
12403 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12404 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12405 {
12406 int i, n;
12407
12408 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12409 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12410 break;
12411
12412 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12413 {
12414 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12415 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12416 }
12417 }
12418
12419 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12420 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12421 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12422 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12423 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12424 it->current_x = x_before;
12425 break;
12426 }
12427 }
12428
12429 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12430 at the left window margin. */
12431 if (it->first_visible_x
12432 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12433 {
12434 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12435 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12436 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12437 }
12438
12439 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12440 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12441 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12442 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12443 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12444 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12445 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12446 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12447 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12448 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12449 {
12450 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12451 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12452 {
12453 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12454 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12455 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12456 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12457 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12458
12459 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12460 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12461 *p++ = *glyph++;
12462
12463 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12464 p2 = p;
12465 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12466 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12467 ++p2;
12468 if (p2 > p)
12469 {
12470 while (p2 < end)
12471 *p++ = *p2++;
12472 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12473 }
12474 }
12475
12476 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12477 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12478 }
12479
12480 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12481 compute_line_metrics (it);
12482
12483 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12484 row->end = it->current;
12485
12486 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12487 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12488 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12489 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12490 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12491 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12492
12493 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12494 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12495 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12496
12497 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12498 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12499 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12500 row to be used. */
12501 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12502 it->current_y += row->height;
12503 ++it->vpos;
12504 ++it->glyph_row;
12505 return row->displays_text_p;
12506 }
12507
12508
12509 \f
12510 /***********************************************************************
12511 Menu Bar
12512 ***********************************************************************/
12513
12514 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12515
12516 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12517 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12518
12519 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12520 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12521 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12522 for the menu bar. */
12523
12524 static void
12525 display_menu_bar (w)
12526 struct window *w;
12527 {
12528 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12529 struct it it;
12530 Lisp_Object items;
12531 int i;
12532
12533 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12534 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12535 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12536 return;
12537 #endif
12538 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12539 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12540 return;
12541 #endif
12542 #ifdef macintosh
12543 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12544 return;
12545 #endif
12546
12547 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12548 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12549 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12550 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12551 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12552 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12553 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12554 {
12555 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12556 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12557 struct window *menu_w;
12558 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12559 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12560 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12561 MENU_FACE_ID);
12562 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12563 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12564 }
12565 else
12566 {
12567 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12568 pixel x/y. */
12569 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12570 MENU_FACE_ID);
12571 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12572 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12573 }
12574 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12575
12576 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12577 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12578 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12579
12580 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12581 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12582 {
12583 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12584 clear_glyph_row (row);
12585 row->enabled_p = 1;
12586 row->full_width_p = 1;
12587 }
12588
12589 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12590 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12591 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12592 {
12593 Lisp_Object string;
12594
12595 /* Stop at nil string. */
12596 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12597 if (NILP (string))
12598 break;
12599
12600 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12601 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12602
12603 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12604 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12605 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12606 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12607 }
12608
12609 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12610 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12611 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12612
12613 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12614 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12615 }
12616
12617
12618 \f
12619 /***********************************************************************
12620 Mode Line
12621 ***********************************************************************/
12622
12623 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12624 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12625 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12626 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12627
12628 static int
12629 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12630 Lisp_Object window;
12631 int force;
12632 {
12633 int nwindows = 0;
12634
12635 while (!NILP (window))
12636 {
12637 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12638
12639 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12640 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12641 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12642 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12643 else if (force
12644 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12645 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12646 {
12647 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12648 struct text_pos lpoint;
12649 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12650
12651 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12652 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12653 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12654
12655 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12656 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12657 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12658 {
12659 struct text_pos pt;
12660
12661 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12662 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12663 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12664 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12665 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12666 else
12667 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12668 }
12669
12670 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12671 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12672 selected_frame = w->frame;
12673
12674 /* Display mode lines. */
12675 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12676 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12677 {
12678 ++nwindows;
12679 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12680 }
12681
12682 /* Restore old settings. */
12683 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12684 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12685 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12686 }
12687
12688 window = w->next;
12689 }
12690
12691 return nwindows;
12692 }
12693
12694
12695 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12696 of mode lines displayed. */
12697
12698 static int
12699 display_mode_lines (w)
12700 struct window *w;
12701 {
12702 int n = 0;
12703
12704 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12705 line_number_displayed = 0;
12706 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12707
12708 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12709 {
12710 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12711 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12712 ++n;
12713 }
12714
12715 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12716 {
12717 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12718 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12719 ++n;
12720 }
12721
12722 return n;
12723 }
12724
12725
12726 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12727 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12728 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12729 height of the mode line displayed. */
12730
12731 static int
12732 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12733 struct window *w;
12734 enum face_id face_id;
12735 Lisp_Object format;
12736 {
12737 struct it it;
12738 struct face *face;
12739
12740 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12741 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12742
12743 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12744 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12745 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12746
12747 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12748 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12749 values. */
12750 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12751 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12752 pop_frame_kboard ();
12753
12754 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12755 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12756
12757 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12758 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12759 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12760 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12761 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12762 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12763 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12764
12765 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12766 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12767 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12768 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12769 {
12770 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12771 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12772 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12773 }
12774
12775 return it.glyph_row->height;
12776 }
12777
12778
12779 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12780 translates into text depends on its data type.
12781
12782 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12783
12784 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12785 infinite recursion here.
12786
12787 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12788 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12789 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12790 display_string for details. *
12791
12792 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12793
12794 static int
12795 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12796 struct it *it;
12797 int depth;
12798 int field_width, precision;
12799 Lisp_Object elt;
12800 {
12801 int n = 0, field, prec;
12802
12803 tail_recurse:
12804 if (depth > 10)
12805 goto invalid;
12806
12807 depth++;
12808
12809 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12810 {
12811 case Lisp_String:
12812 {
12813 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12814 unsigned char c;
12815 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12816 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12817
12818 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12819 && *this
12820 && (frame_title_ptr
12821 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12822 {
12823 unsigned char *last = this;
12824
12825 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12826 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12827 ;
12828
12829 if (this - 1 != last)
12830 {
12831 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12832 is length of string. Don't output more than
12833 PRECISION allows us. */
12834 --this;
12835 prec = strwidth (last, this - last);
12836 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12837 prec = precision - n;
12838
12839 if (frame_title_ptr)
12840 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
12841 else
12842 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12843 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12844 }
12845 else /* c == '%' */
12846 {
12847 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12848
12849 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12850 don't pad. */
12851 field = 0;
12852 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12853 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12854
12855 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12856 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12857 field = field_width - n;
12858
12859 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12860 prec = precision - n;
12861
12862 if (c == 'M')
12863 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12864 Vglobal_mode_string);
12865 else if (c != 0)
12866 {
12867 unsigned char *spec
12868 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12869
12870 if (frame_title_ptr)
12871 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12872 else
12873 {
12874 int nglyphs_before
12875 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12876 int charpos
12877 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12878 int nwritten
12879 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12880 field, prec, 0, -1);
12881
12882 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12883 string where the `%x' came from, position
12884 of the `%'. */
12885 if (nwritten > 0)
12886 {
12887 struct glyph *glyph
12888 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12889 + nglyphs_before);
12890 int i;
12891
12892 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12893 {
12894 glyph[i].object = elt;
12895 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12896 }
12897
12898 n += nwritten;
12899 }
12900 }
12901 }
12902 }
12903 }
12904 }
12905 break;
12906
12907 case Lisp_Symbol:
12908 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12909 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12910 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12911 literally. */
12912 {
12913 register Lisp_Object tem;
12914 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12915 if (!NILP (tem))
12916 {
12917 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12918 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12919 don't check for % within it. */
12920 if (STRINGP (tem))
12921 {
12922 prec = precision - n;
12923 if (frame_title_ptr)
12924 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12925 else
12926 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12927 0, prec, 0, -1);
12928 }
12929 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12930 {
12931 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12932 elt = tem;
12933 goto tail_recurse;
12934 }
12935 }
12936 }
12937 break;
12938
12939 case Lisp_Cons:
12940 {
12941 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12942
12943 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12944 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12945 and effectively concatenate them.
12946 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12947 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12948 to at least that many characters.
12949 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12950 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12951 car = XCAR (elt);
12952 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12953 {
12954 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12955 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12956 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12957 Lisp_Object spec;
12958
12959 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12960 GCPRO1 (spec);
12961 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12962 precision - n, spec);
12963 UNGCPRO;
12964 }
12965 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12966 {
12967 tem = Fboundp (car);
12968 elt = XCDR (elt);
12969 if (!CONSP (elt))
12970 goto invalid;
12971 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12972 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12973 if (!NILP (tem))
12974 {
12975 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12976 if (!NILP (tem))
12977 {
12978 elt = XCAR (elt);
12979 goto tail_recurse;
12980 }
12981 }
12982 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12983 Get the cddr of the original list
12984 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12985 elt = XCDR (elt);
12986 if (NILP (elt))
12987 break;
12988 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12989 goto invalid;
12990 elt = XCAR (elt);
12991 goto tail_recurse;
12992 }
12993 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12994 {
12995 register int lim = XINT (car);
12996 elt = XCDR (elt);
12997 if (lim < 0)
12998 {
12999 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
13000 if (precision <= 0)
13001 precision = -lim;
13002 else
13003 precision = min (precision, -lim);
13004 }
13005 else if (lim > 0)
13006 {
13007 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
13008 current maximum. */
13009 if (precision > 0)
13010 lim = min (precision, lim);
13011
13012 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
13013 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
13014 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
13015 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
13016 }
13017 goto tail_recurse;
13018 }
13019 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
13020 {
13021 register int limit = 50;
13022 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
13023 while (CONSP (elt)
13024 && --limit > 0
13025 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
13026 {
13027 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13028 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
13029 elt = XCDR (elt);
13030 }
13031 }
13032 }
13033 break;
13034
13035 default:
13036 invalid:
13037 if (frame_title_ptr)
13038 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
13039 else
13040 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
13041 precision - n, 0, 0);
13042 return n;
13043 }
13044
13045 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
13046 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
13047 {
13048 if (frame_title_ptr)
13049 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
13050 else
13051 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
13052 0, 0, 0);
13053 }
13054
13055 return n;
13056 }
13057
13058
13059 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
13060 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
13061
13062 static void
13063 pint2str (buf, width, d)
13064 register char *buf;
13065 register int width;
13066 register int d;
13067 {
13068 register char *p = buf;
13069
13070 if (d <= 0)
13071 *p++ = '0';
13072 else
13073 {
13074 while (d > 0)
13075 {
13076 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13077 d /= 10;
13078 }
13079 }
13080
13081 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13082 *p++ = ' ';
13083 *p-- = '\0';
13084 while (p > buf)
13085 {
13086 d = *buf;
13087 *buf++ = *p;
13088 *p-- = d;
13089 }
13090 }
13091
13092 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13093 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13094 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13095
13096 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13097
13098 static char *
13099 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13100 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13101 register char *buf;
13102 int eol_flag;
13103 {
13104 Lisp_Object val;
13105 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13106 unsigned char *eol_str;
13107 int eol_str_len;
13108 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13109 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13110
13111 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13112 eoltype = Qnil;
13113
13114 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13115 {
13116 if (multibyte)
13117 *buf++ = '-';
13118 if (eol_flag)
13119 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13120 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13121 }
13122 else
13123 {
13124 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13125
13126 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13127
13128 if (multibyte)
13129 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13130
13131 if (eol_flag)
13132 {
13133 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13134
13135 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13136 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13137 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13138 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13139 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13140 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13141 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13142 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13143 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13144 }
13145 }
13146
13147 if (eol_flag)
13148 {
13149 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13150 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13151 {
13152 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13153 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13154 }
13155 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13156 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13157 {
13158 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13159 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13160 }
13161 else
13162 {
13163 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13164 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13165 }
13166 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13167 buf += eol_str_len;
13168 }
13169
13170 return buf;
13171 }
13172
13173 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13174 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13175 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13176 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13177
13178 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13179
13180 static char *
13181 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13182 struct window *w;
13183 register int c;
13184 int field_width, precision;
13185 {
13186 Lisp_Object obj;
13187 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13188 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13189 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13190
13191 obj = Qnil;
13192
13193 switch (c)
13194 {
13195 case '*':
13196 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13197 return "%";
13198 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13199 return "*";
13200 return "-";
13201
13202 case '+':
13203 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13204 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13205 return "*";
13206 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13207 return "%";
13208 return "-";
13209
13210 case '&':
13211 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13212 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13213 return "*";
13214 return "-";
13215
13216 case '%':
13217 return "%";
13218
13219 case '[':
13220 {
13221 int i;
13222 char *p;
13223
13224 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13225 return "[[[... ";
13226 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13227 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13228 *p++ = '[';
13229 *p = 0;
13230 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13231 }
13232
13233 case ']':
13234 {
13235 int i;
13236 char *p;
13237
13238 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13239 return " ...]]]";
13240 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13241 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13242 *p++ = ']';
13243 *p = 0;
13244 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13245 }
13246
13247 case '-':
13248 {
13249 register int i;
13250
13251 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13252 if (field_width <= 0
13253 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13254 {
13255 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13256 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13257 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13258 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13259 }
13260 else
13261 return lots_of_dashes;
13262 }
13263
13264 case 'b':
13265 obj = b->name;
13266 break;
13267
13268 case 'c':
13269 {
13270 int col = current_column ();
13271 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13272 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13273 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13274 }
13275
13276 case 'F':
13277 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13278 if (!NILP (f->title))
13279 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13280 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13281 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13282 return "Emacs";
13283
13284 case 'f':
13285 obj = b->filename;
13286 break;
13287
13288 case 'l':
13289 {
13290 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13291 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13292 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13293 int nlines, junk;
13294 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13295
13296 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13297 don't forget that too fast. */
13298 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13299 goto no_value;
13300 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13301 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13302 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13303
13304 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13305 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13306 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13307 {
13308 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13309 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13310 goto no_value;
13311 }
13312
13313 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13314 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13315 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13316 {
13317 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13318 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13319 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13320 }
13321 else
13322 {
13323 line = 1;
13324 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13325 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13326 }
13327
13328 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13329 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13330 startpos_byte,
13331 startpos, &junk);
13332
13333 topline = nlines + line;
13334
13335 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13336 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13337 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13338 go back past it. */
13339 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13340 {
13341 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13342 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13343 }
13344 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13345 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13346 {
13347 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13348 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13349 int position;
13350 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13351
13352 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13353 {
13354 limit = startpos - distance;
13355 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13356 }
13357
13358 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13359 limit_byte,
13360 - (height * 2 + 30),
13361 &position);
13362 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13363 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13364 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13365 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13366 {
13367 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13368 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13369 goto no_value;
13370 }
13371
13372 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13373 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13374 }
13375
13376 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13377 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13378 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13379
13380 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13381 line_number_displayed = 1;
13382
13383 /* Make the string to show. */
13384 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13385 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13386 no_value:
13387 {
13388 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13389 int pad = field_width - 2;
13390 while (pad-- > 0)
13391 *p++ = ' ';
13392 *p++ = '?';
13393 *p++ = '?';
13394 *p = '\0';
13395 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13396 }
13397 }
13398 break;
13399
13400 case 'm':
13401 obj = b->mode_name;
13402 break;
13403
13404 case 'n':
13405 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13406 return " Narrow";
13407 break;
13408
13409 case 'p':
13410 {
13411 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13412 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13413
13414 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13415 {
13416 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13417 return "All";
13418 else
13419 return "Bottom";
13420 }
13421 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13422 return "Top";
13423 else
13424 {
13425 if (total > 1000000)
13426 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13427 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13428 else
13429 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13430 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13431 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13432 if (total == 100)
13433 total = 99;
13434 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13435 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13436 }
13437 }
13438
13439 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13440 case 'P':
13441 {
13442 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13443 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13444 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13445
13446 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13447 {
13448 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13449 return "All";
13450 else
13451 return "Bottom";
13452 }
13453 else
13454 {
13455 if (total > 1000000)
13456 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13457 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13458 else
13459 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13460 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13461 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13462 if (total == 100)
13463 total = 99;
13464 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13465 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13466 else
13467 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13468 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13469 }
13470 }
13471
13472 case 's':
13473 /* status of process */
13474 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13475 if (NILP (obj))
13476 return "no process";
13477 #ifdef subprocesses
13478 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13479 #endif
13480 break;
13481
13482 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13483 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13484 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13485 #else
13486 return "T";
13487 #endif
13488
13489 case 'z':
13490 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13491 case 'Z':
13492 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13493 {
13494 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13495 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13496
13497 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13498 {
13499 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13500 to do EOL conversion. */
13501 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13502 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13503 }
13504 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13505 p, eol_flag);
13506
13507 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13508 #ifdef subprocesses
13509 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13510 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13511 {
13512 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13513 p, eol_flag);
13514 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13515 p, eol_flag);
13516 }
13517 #endif /* subprocesses */
13518 #endif /* 0 */
13519 *p = 0;
13520 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13521 }
13522 }
13523
13524 if (STRINGP (obj))
13525 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13526 else
13527 return "";
13528 }
13529
13530
13531 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13532 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13533 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13534
13535 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13536
13537 static int
13538 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13539 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13540 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13541 {
13542 register unsigned char *cursor;
13543 unsigned char *base;
13544
13545 register int ceiling;
13546 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13547 int orig_count = count;
13548
13549 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13550 check only for newlines. */
13551 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13552 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13553
13554 if (count > 0)
13555 {
13556 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13557 {
13558 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13559 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13560 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13561 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13562 while (1)
13563 {
13564 if (selective_display)
13565 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13566 ;
13567 else
13568 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13569 ;
13570
13571 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13572 {
13573 if (--count == 0)
13574 {
13575 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13576 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13577 return orig_count;
13578 }
13579 else
13580 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13581 break;
13582 }
13583 else
13584 break;
13585 }
13586 start_byte += cursor - base;
13587 }
13588 }
13589 else
13590 {
13591 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13592 {
13593 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13594 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13595 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13596 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13597 while (1)
13598 {
13599 if (selective_display)
13600 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13601 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13602 ;
13603 else
13604 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13605 ;
13606
13607 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13608 {
13609 if (++count == 0)
13610 {
13611 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13612 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13613 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13614 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13615 return - orig_count - 1;
13616 }
13617 }
13618 else
13619 break;
13620 }
13621 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13622 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13623 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13624 }
13625 }
13626
13627 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13628
13629 if (count < 0)
13630 return - orig_count + count;
13631 return orig_count - count;
13632
13633 }
13634
13635
13636 \f
13637 /***********************************************************************
13638 Displaying strings
13639 ***********************************************************************/
13640
13641 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13642
13643 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13644 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13645
13646 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13647 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13648 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13649
13650 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13651 standard display table, temporarily.
13652
13653 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13654 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13655 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13656 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13657
13658 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13659 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13660
13661 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13662
13663 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13664 ----------------------------------------
13665 -1 -1 %s
13666 -1 10 %.10s
13667 10 -1 %10s
13668 20 10 %20.10s
13669
13670 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13671 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13672 enable_multibyte_characters.
13673
13674 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13675
13676 static int
13677 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13678 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13679 unsigned char *string;
13680 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13681 Lisp_Object face_string;
13682 int face_string_pos;
13683 int start;
13684 struct it *it;
13685 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13686 int multibyte;
13687 {
13688 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13689 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13690 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13691
13692 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13693 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13694 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13695 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13696 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13697 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13698
13699 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13700 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13701 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13702 {
13703 int endptr;
13704 struct face *face;
13705
13706 it->face_id
13707 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13708 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13709 it->region_end_charpos,
13710 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13711 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13712 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13713 }
13714
13715 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13716 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13717 if (max_x <= 0)
13718 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13719 else
13720 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13721
13722 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13723 hscrolled. */
13724 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13725 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13726 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13727
13728 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13729 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13730 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13731 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13732
13733 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13734 past last_visible_x. */
13735 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13736 {
13737 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13738
13739 /* Get the next display element. */
13740 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13741 break;
13742
13743 /* Produce glyphs. */
13744 x_before = it->current_x;
13745 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13746 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13747
13748 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13749 i = 0;
13750 x = x_before;
13751 while (i < nglyphs)
13752 {
13753 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13754
13755 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13756 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13757 {
13758 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13759 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
13760 {
13761 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
13762 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13763 it->current_x = x_before;
13764 }
13765 else
13766 {
13767 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13768 it->current_x = x;
13769 }
13770 break;
13771 }
13772 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13773 {
13774 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13775 ++it->hpos;
13776 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13777 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13778 }
13779 else
13780 {
13781 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13782 Should not happen. */
13783 abort ();
13784 }
13785
13786 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13787 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13788 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13789 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13790 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13791 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13792 ++i;
13793 }
13794
13795 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13796 if (i < nglyphs)
13797 break;
13798
13799 /* Stop at line ends. */
13800 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13801 {
13802 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13803 break;
13804 }
13805
13806 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13807
13808 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13809 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13810 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13811 {
13812 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13813 truncated at a padding space. */
13814 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13815 {
13816 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13817 {
13818 int i, n;
13819
13820 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
13821 {
13822 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13823 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13824 break;
13825 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13826 {
13827 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13828 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13829 }
13830 }
13831 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13832 }
13833 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13834 }
13835 break;
13836 }
13837 }
13838
13839 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13840 if (it->first_visible_x
13841 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13842 {
13843 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13844 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13845 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13846 }
13847
13848 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13849
13850 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13851 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13852 }
13853
13854
13855 \f
13856 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13857 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13858 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13859 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13860 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13861
13862 int
13863 invisible_p (propval, list)
13864 register Lisp_Object propval;
13865 Lisp_Object list;
13866 {
13867 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13868
13869 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13870 {
13871 register Lisp_Object tem;
13872 tem = XCAR (tail);
13873 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13874 return 1;
13875 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13876 return 1;
13877 }
13878
13879 if (CONSP (propval))
13880 {
13881 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13882 {
13883 Lisp_Object propelt;
13884 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13885 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13886 {
13887 register Lisp_Object tem;
13888 tem = XCAR (tail);
13889 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13890 return 1;
13891 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13892 return 1;
13893 }
13894 }
13895 }
13896
13897 return 0;
13898 }
13899
13900
13901 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13902 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13903 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13904 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13905 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13906
13907 int
13908 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13909 register Lisp_Object propval;
13910 Lisp_Object list;
13911 {
13912 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13913
13914 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13915 {
13916 register Lisp_Object tem;
13917 tem = XCAR (tail);
13918 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13919 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13920 }
13921
13922 if (CONSP (propval))
13923 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13924 {
13925 Lisp_Object propelt;
13926 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13927 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13928 {
13929 register Lisp_Object tem;
13930 tem = XCAR (tail);
13931 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13932 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13933 }
13934 }
13935
13936 return 0;
13937 }
13938
13939
13940 \f
13941 /***********************************************************************
13942 Initialization
13943 ***********************************************************************/
13944
13945 void
13946 syms_of_xdisp ()
13947 {
13948 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13949 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13950
13951 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13952 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13953
13954 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13955 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13956
13957 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13958 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13959 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13960 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13961 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13962 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13963 #endif
13964 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
13965 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
13966 #endif
13967
13968 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13969 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13970
13971 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13972 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13973
13974 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13975 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13976
13977 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13978 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13979
13980 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13981 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13982
13983 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13984 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13985
13986 QCdata = intern (":data");
13987 staticpro (&QCdata);
13988 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13989 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13990 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13991 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13992 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13993 staticpro (&Qraise);
13994 Qspace = intern ("space");
13995 staticpro (&Qspace);
13996 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13997 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13998 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13999 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
14000 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
14001 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
14002 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
14003 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
14004 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
14005 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
14006 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
14007 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
14008 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
14009 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
14010 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
14011 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
14012 QCeval = intern (":eval");
14013 staticpro (&QCeval);
14014 Qwhen = intern ("when");
14015 staticpro (&Qwhen);
14016 QCfile = intern (":file");
14017 staticpro (&QCfile);
14018 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
14019 staticpro (&Qfontified);
14020 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
14021 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
14022 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
14023 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
14024 Qimage = intern ("image");
14025 staticpro (&Qimage);
14026 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
14027 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
14028 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
14029 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
14030
14031 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
14032 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
14033 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
14034 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
14035
14036 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14037 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
14038 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
14039
14040 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14041 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
14042 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
14043
14044 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
14045 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
14046
14047 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
14048 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
14049 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
14050 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
14051
14052 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
14053 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
14054 This is used for internal purposes.");
14055 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
14056
14057 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
14058 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
14059 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
14060
14061 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
14062 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
14063 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
14064 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
14065 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
14066
14067 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
14068 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
14069 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
14070
14071 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
14072 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
14073 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
14074 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
14075 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
14076 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
14077
14078 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
14079 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
14080 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
14081 in the window.");
14082 scroll_conservatively = 0;
14083
14084 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
14085 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
14086 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
14087 of the top or bottom of the window.");
14088 scroll_margin = 0;
14089
14090 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14091 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
14092 #endif
14093
14094 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
14095 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
14096 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
14097 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
14098
14099 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
14100 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
14101 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14102 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14103 \n\
14104 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14105 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14106
14107 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14108 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14109 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14110 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14111 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14112
14113 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14114 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14115 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14116 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14117 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14118 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14119
14120 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14121 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14122 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14123
14124 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14125 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14126 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14127 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14128 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14129
14130 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14131 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14132 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14133 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14134 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14135 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14136 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14137 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14138 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14139 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14140 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14141 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14142 Vicon_title_format
14143 = Vframe_title_format
14144 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14145 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14146 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14147 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14148 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14149 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14150 Qnil)))),
14151 Qnil)));
14152
14153 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14154 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14155 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14156 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14157 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14158
14159 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14160 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14161 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14162 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14163 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14164 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14165 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14166
14167 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14168 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14169 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14170 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14171 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14172 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14173
14174 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14175 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14176 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14177 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14178 otherwise.");
14179 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14180
14181 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14182 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14183 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14184
14185 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
14186 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.\n\
14187 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.\n\
14188 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with\n\
14189 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the\n\
14190 vertical margin.");
14191 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (1);
14192
14193 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14194 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14195 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14196
14197 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14198 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14199 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14200 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14201 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14202 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14203 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14204 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14205
14206 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14207 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14208 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14209 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14210 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14211 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14212 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14213 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14214
14215 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14216 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14217 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14218 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14219 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14220
14221 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14222 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14223 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14224 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14225 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14226 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14227 go back to their normal size.");
14228 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14229
14230 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14231 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14232 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14233 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14234 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14235
14236 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14237 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14238 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14239
14240 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14241 "List of supported image types.\n\
14242 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14243 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14244
14245 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14246 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14247 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14248 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14249
14250 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14251 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14252 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14253 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14254 }
14255
14256
14257 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14258
14259 void
14260 init_xdisp ()
14261 {
14262 Lisp_Object root_window;
14263 struct window *mini_w;
14264
14265 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14266
14267 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14268
14269 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14270 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14271
14272 if (!noninteractive)
14273 {
14274 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14275 int i;
14276
14277 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14278 set_window_height (root_window,
14279 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14280 0);
14281 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14282 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14283
14284 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14285 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14286
14287 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14288 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14289 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14290
14291 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14292 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14293 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14294 }
14295
14296 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14297 {
14298 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14299 int size = 100;
14300 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14301 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14302 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14303 }
14304 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14305
14306 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14307 }
14308
14309